CA2417257A1 - Dual cure coating compositions having improved scratch resistance, coated substrates and methods related thereto - Google Patents
Dual cure coating compositions having improved scratch resistance, coated substrates and methods related thereto Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2417257A1 CA2417257A1 CA002417257A CA2417257A CA2417257A1 CA 2417257 A1 CA2417257 A1 CA 2417257A1 CA 002417257 A CA002417257 A CA 002417257A CA 2417257 A CA2417257 A CA 2417257A CA 2417257 A1 CA2417257 A1 CA 2417257A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- group
- coating composition
- substrate
- composition according
- groups
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000008199 coating composition Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 233
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 title claims description 197
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 78
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 title description 11
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 322
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 169
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 157
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 90
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 65
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 54
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 27
- -1 polyacids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 192
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 93
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 claims description 88
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 85
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 claims description 73
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 claims description 68
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 65
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 62
- 239000005056 polyisocyanate Substances 0.000 claims description 61
- 229920001228 polyisocyanate Polymers 0.000 claims description 61
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 51
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 claims description 51
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 claims description 51
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M acrylate group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)[O-] NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 47
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical group 0.000 claims description 36
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 claims description 32
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical group NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 30
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 claims description 29
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 claims description 29
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 27
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 claims description 26
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N urea group Chemical group NC(=O)N XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanate group Chemical group [N-]=C=O IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 17
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 claims description 17
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 16
- 229920003180 amino resin Polymers 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 14
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 claims description 13
- MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Zr]=O MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 12
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 claims description 12
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N urethane group Chemical group NC(=O)OCC JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000005865 ionizing radiation Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl ether Chemical group C=COC=C QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-triazine Chemical compound C1=CN=NN=C1 JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 claims description 9
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical group OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000005439 maleimidyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC(N1*)=O)=O 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000005702 oxyalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 229920001002 functional polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 7
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M methacrylate group Chemical group C(C(=C)C)(=O)[O-] CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000005373 siloxane group Chemical group [SiH2](O*)* 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 244000028419 Styrax benzoin Species 0.000 claims description 6
- 235000000126 Styrax benzoin Nutrition 0.000 claims description 6
- 235000008411 Sumatra benzointree Nutrition 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoin Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000008119 colloidal silica Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000011246 composite particle Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 235000019382 gum benzoic Nutrition 0.000 claims description 6
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 claims description 6
- XMLYCEVDHLAQEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one Chemical class CC(C)(O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XMLYCEVDHLAQEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 5
- 229920002396 Polyurea Polymers 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005275 alkylenearyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960002130 benzoin Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- VFHVQBAGLAREND-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylphosphoryl-(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)methanone Chemical class CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1C(=O)P(=O)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 VFHVQBAGLAREND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000010954 inorganic particle Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 3
- KOPBYBDAPCDYFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N caesium oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[Cs+].[Cs+] KOPBYBDAPCDYFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229910001942 caesium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 3
- SIWVEOZUMHYXCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoyttriooxy)yttrium Chemical compound O=[Y]O[Y]=O SIWVEOZUMHYXCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- RUDFQVOCFDJEEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N yttrium(III) oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Y+3].[Y+3] RUDFQVOCFDJEEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- HJIAMFHSAAEUKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-hydroxyphenyl)-phenylmethanone Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HJIAMFHSAAEUKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- PIZHFBODNLEQBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-diethoxy-1-phenylethanone Chemical class CCOC(OCC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PIZHFBODNLEQBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- WROUWQQRXUBECT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylacrylic acid Chemical group CCC(=C)C(O)=O WROUWQQRXUBECT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthraquinone Natural products CCC(=O)c1c(O)c2C(=O)C3C(C=CC=C3O)C(=O)c2cc1CC(=O)OC PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000004056 anthraquinones Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004069 aziridinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910021485 fumed silica Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- YRHRIQCWCFGUEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 YRHRIQCWCFGUEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- 125000000467 secondary amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 claims 2
- KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC)(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 230000003678 scratch resistant effect Effects 0.000 abstract 1
- 238000001723 curing Methods 0.000 description 57
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 43
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 43
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 39
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 31
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 26
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 22
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 21
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 19
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 17
- BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silane Chemical compound [SiH4] BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 15
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229920001187 thermosetting polymer Polymers 0.000 description 13
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 13
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bisphenol A Natural products C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 12
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229920005906 polyester polyol Polymers 0.000 description 11
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCC(O)=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229940052303 ethers for general anesthesia Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 9
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000005442 diisocyanate group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000011147 inorganic material Substances 0.000 description 8
- WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaerythritol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)CO WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 8
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 238000006748 scratching Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000002393 scratching effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical group C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000003055 glycidyl group Chemical group C(C1CO1)* 0.000 description 7
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 7
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 7
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 7
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000011247 coating layer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diol Chemical compound OCCCCCCO XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 229920001169 thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000012815 thermoplastic material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000004416 thermosoftening plastic Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229960000834 vinyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000005058 Isophorone diisocyanate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920006243 acrylic copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000001361 adipic acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000011037 adipic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- GYZLOYUZLJXAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglycidyl ether Chemical class C1OC1COCC1CO1 GYZLOYUZLJXAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 5
- NIMLQBUJDJZYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isophorone diisocyanate Chemical compound CC1(C)CC(N=C=O)CC(C)(CN=C=O)C1 NIMLQBUJDJZYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000005461 lubrication Methods 0.000 description 5
- SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N neopentyl glycol Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)CO SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000003839 salts Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229910052990 silicon hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N (R)-(-)-Propylene glycol Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ARXKVVRQIIOZGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4-butanetriol Chemical compound OCCC(O)CO ARXKVVRQIIOZGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butadiene Chemical compound C=CC=C KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroquinone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OWIKHYCFFJSOEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isocyanic acid Chemical compound N=C=O OWIKHYCFFJSOEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910000831 Steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Terephthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004433 Thermoplastic polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 4
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- XLJMAIOERFSOGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N anhydrous cyanic acid Natural products OC#N XLJMAIOERFSOGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WERYXYBDKMZEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-1,4-diol Chemical compound OCCCCO WERYXYBDKMZEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 4
- NZZFYRREKKOMAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N diiodomethane Chemical compound ICI NZZFYRREKKOMAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipropylene glycol Chemical compound OCCCOCCCO SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910052809 inorganic oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- QQVIHTHCMHWDBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isophthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C(O)=O)=C1 QQVIHTHCMHWDBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- BDJRBEYXGGNYIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O BDJRBEYXGGNYIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000013824 polyphenols Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCCCO YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N sebacic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000010959 steel Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920002803 thermoplastic polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000004627 transmission electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 4
- MUTGBJKUEZFXGO-OLQVQODUSA-N (3as,7ar)-3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-2-benzofuran-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1CCC[C@@H]2C(=O)OC(=O)[C@@H]21 MUTGBJKUEZFXGO-OLQVQODUSA-N 0.000 description 3
- STMDPCBYJCIZOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,4-dinitroanilino)-4-methylpentanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C(O)=O)NC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O STMDPCBYJCIZOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HIXDQWDOVZUNNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-hydroxy-7-methoxychromen-4-one Chemical compound C=1C(OC)=CC(O)=C(C(C=2)=O)C=1OC=2C1=CC=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 HIXDQWDOVZUNNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YSUQLAYJZDEMOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(butoxymethyl)oxirane Chemical compound CCCCOCC1CO1 YSUQLAYJZDEMOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GOXQRTZXKQZDDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Ethylhexyl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C=C GOXQRTZXKQZDDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WMYINDVYGQKYMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)butoxymethyl]-2-ethylpropane-1,3-diol Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CC)(CO)CO WMYINDVYGQKYMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UPMLOUAZCHDJJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-Diphenylmethane Diisocyanate Chemical compound C1=CC(N=C=O)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(N=C=O)C=C1 UPMLOUAZCHDJJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052582 BN Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- PZNSFCLAULLKQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron nitride Chemical compound N#B PZNSFCLAULLKQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 3
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Natural products OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FQYUMYWMJTYZTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenyl glycidyl ether Chemical compound C1OC1COC1=CC=CC=C1 FQYUMYWMJTYZTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003917 TEM image Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000005083 Zinc sulfide Substances 0.000 description 3
- YIMQCDZDWXUDCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexyl]methanol Chemical compound OCC1CCC(CO)CC1 YIMQCDZDWXUDCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JAAVTMIIEARTKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N [S--].[S--].[Ta+4] Chemical compound [S--].[S--].[Ta+4] JAAVTMIIEARTKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000007605 air drying Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O ammonium group Chemical group [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 3
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000001244 carboxylic acid anhydrides Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229940072282 cardura Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 3
- QSAWQNUELGIYBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCCCC1C(O)=O QSAWQNUELGIYBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical compound [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 3
- VJECBOKJABCYMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N doxazosin mesylate Chemical compound [H+].CS([O-])(=O)=O.C1OC2=CC=CC=C2OC1C(=O)N(CC1)CCN1C1=NC(N)=C(C=C(C(OC)=C2)OC)C2=N1 VJECBOKJABCYMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 3
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylene diisocyanate Chemical compound O=C=NCCCCCCN=C=O RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000006459 hydrosilylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910003480 inorganic solid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanuric acid Chemical compound OC1=NC(O)=NC(O)=N1 ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000008204 material by function Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N melamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(N)=N1 JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001247 metal acetylides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000010445 mica Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052618 mica group Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- CWQXQMHSOZUFJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N molybdenum disulfide Chemical compound S=[Mo]=S CWQXQMHSOZUFJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052982 molybdenum disulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000004767 nitrides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001281 polyalkylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001610 polycaprolactone Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920005646 polycarboxylate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002987 primer (paints) Substances 0.000 description 3
- HJWLCRVIBGQPNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-enylbenzene Chemical compound C=CCC1=CC=CC=C1 HJWLCRVIBGQPNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000006884 silylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940014800 succinic anhydride Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-O sulfonium group Chemical group [SH3+] RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 3
- 229920002397 thermoplastic olefin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- ITRNXVSDJBHYNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten disulfide Chemical compound S=[W]=S ITRNXVSDJBHYNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052984 zinc sulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- DRDVZXDWVBGGMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N zinc;sulfide Chemical compound [S-2].[Zn+2] DRDVZXDWVBGGMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-VKHMYHEASA-N (+)-propylene glycol Chemical compound C[C@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- SZCWBURCISJFEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl) 3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylpropanoate Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)COC(=O)C(C)(C)CO SZCWBURCISJFEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002818 (Hydroxyethyl)methacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- MYRTYDVEIRVNKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Divinylbenzene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C MYRTYDVEIRVNKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GEYOCULIXLDCMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1N GEYOCULIXLDCMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VGHSXKTVMPXHNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diisocyanatobenzene Chemical compound O=C=NC1=CC=CC(N=C=O)=C1 VGHSXKTVMPXHNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940035437 1,3-propanediol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000005059 1,4-Cyclohexyldiisocyanate Substances 0.000 description 2
- UNVGBIALRHLALK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,5-Hexanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCCCO UNVGBIALRHLALK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940008841 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- PWGJDPKCLMLPJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-diaminooctane Chemical compound NCCCCCCCCN PWGJDPKCLMLPJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxybutane Chemical compound CCCCOC=C UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound COCC(C)O ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RTBFRGCFXZNCOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylsulfonylpiperidin-4-one Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)N1CCC(=O)CC1 RTBFRGCFXZNCOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XDOFQFKRPWOURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 16-methylheptadecanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O XDOFQFKRPWOURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JCTXKRPTIMZBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,4-trimethylpentane-1,3-diol Chemical compound CC(C)C(O)C(C)(C)CO JCTXKRPTIMZBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(chloromethyl)pyridine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound ClCC1=NC=CC=C1C#N FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NWLUZGJDEZBBRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(propan-2-yloxymethyl)oxirane Chemical compound CC(C)OCC1CO1 NWLUZGJDEZBBRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RWLALWYNXFYRGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Ethyl-1,3-hexanediol Chemical compound CCCC(O)C(CC)CO RWLALWYNXFYRGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CUFXMPWHOWYNSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(4-methylphenoxy)methyl]oxirane Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1OCC1OC1 CUFXMPWHOWYNSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxyethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCO POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LZDXRPVSAKWYDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethyl-2-(prop-2-enoxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)COCC=C LZDXRPVSAKWYDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YIWUKEYIRIRTPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylhexan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)CO YIWUKEYIRIRTPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OMIGHNLMNHATMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound OCCOC(=O)C=C OMIGHNLMNHATMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CFVWNXQPGQOHRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)COC(=O)C=C CFVWNXQPGQOHRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WZHHYIOUKQNLQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4,5,6-tetrachlorophthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1C(O)=O WZHHYIOUKQNLQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RNLHGQLZWXBQNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(aminomethyl)-3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexan-1-amine Chemical compound CC1(C)CC(N)CC(C)(CN)C1 RNLHGQLZWXBQNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AYKYXWQEBUNJCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylfuran-2,5-dione Chemical compound CC1=CC(=O)OC1=O AYKYXWQEBUNJCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OFNISBHGPNMTMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylideneoxolane-2,5-dione Chemical compound C=C1CC(=O)OC1=O OFNISBHGPNMTMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetamide Chemical compound CC(N)=O DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SOGAXMICEFXMKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylmethacrylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C(C)=C SOGAXMICEFXMKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XMWRBQBLMFGWIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N C60 fullerene Chemical compound C12=C3C(C4=C56)=C7C8=C5C5=C9C%10=C6C6=C4C1=C1C4=C6C6=C%10C%10=C9C9=C%11C5=C8C5=C8C7=C3C3=C7C2=C1C1=C2C4=C6C4=C%10C6=C9C9=C%11C5=C5C8=C3C3=C7C1=C1C2=C4C6=C2C9=C5C3=C12 XMWRBQBLMFGWIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[CH]O Chemical group C[CH]O GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910021532 Calcite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical class S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002943 EPDM rubber Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 2
- BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epichlorohydrin Chemical compound ClCC1CO1 BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005057 Hexamethylene diisocyanate Substances 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WOBHKFSMXKNTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxyethyl methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCO WOBHKFSMXKNTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron oxide Chemical compound [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RRHGJUQNOFWUDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoprene Chemical compound CC(=C)C=C RRHGJUQNOFWUDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ALQSHHUCVQOPAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentane-1,5-diol Chemical compound OCCCCCO ALQSHHUCVQOPAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LGRFSURHDFAFJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phthalic anhydride Natural products C1=CC=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=C1 LGRFSURHDFAFJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene oxide Chemical compound CC1CO1 GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Natural products CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005299 abrasion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- XXROGKLTLUQVRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N allyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC=C XXROGKLTLUQVRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004808 allyl alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 2
- XYLMUPLGERFSHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-Methylstyrene Chemical compound CC(=C)C1=CC=CC=C1 XYLMUPLGERFSHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N anhydrous glutaric acid Natural products OC(=O)CCCC(O)=O JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004984 aromatic diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=CC=C1 HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UAHWPYUMFXYFJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-myrcene Chemical compound CC(C)=CCCC(=C)C=C UAHWPYUMFXYFJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JQRRFDWXQOQICD-UHFFFAOYSA-N biphenylen-1-ylboronic acid Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C2=C1C=CC=C2B(O)O JQRRFDWXQOQICD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 2
- JHIWVOJDXOSYLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl 2,2-difluorocyclopropane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C1CC1(F)F JHIWVOJDXOSYLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WIHMDCQAEONXND-UHFFFAOYSA-M butyl-hydroxy-oxotin Chemical compound CCCC[Sn](O)=O WIHMDCQAEONXND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- OKIIEJOIXGHUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-L cadmium iodide Chemical compound [Cd+2].[I-].[I-] OKIIEJOIXGHUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000006229 carbon black Substances 0.000 description 2
- JJWKPURADFRFRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyl sulfide Chemical compound O=C=S JJWKPURADFRFRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N catechol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1O YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910010293 ceramic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- IJOOHPMOJXWVHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorotrimethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)Cl IJOOHPMOJXWVHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-IMJSIDKUSA-N cis-4-Hydroxy-L-proline Chemical compound O[C@@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000010960 cold rolled steel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- IFDVQVHZEKPUSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohex-3-ene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCC=CC1C(O)=O IFDVQVHZEKPUSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 2
- TVIDDXQYHWJXFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O TVIDDXQYHWJXFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical class [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000005670 electromagnetic radiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000635 electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007590 electrostatic spraying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenoxyethane Chemical compound CCOC=C FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000002191 fatty alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000004811 fluoropolymer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002313 fluoropolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- VOZRXNHHFUQHIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycidyl methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCC1CO1 VOZRXNHHFUQHIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910002804 graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010439 graphite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptan-2-one Chemical compound CCCCCC(C)=O CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FLBJFXNAEMSXGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N het anhydride Chemical compound O=C1OC(=O)C2C1C1(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C2(Cl)C1(Cl)Cl FLBJFXNAEMSXGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- FFUAGWLWBBFQJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethyldisilazane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)N[Si](C)(C)C FFUAGWLWBBFQJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZSIAUFGUXNUGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCO ZSIAUFGUXNUGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229960004337 hydroquinone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)CO ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052622 kaolinite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000391 magnesium silicate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012243 magnesium silicates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052914 metal silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052976 metal sulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GTCAXTIRRLKXRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl carbamate Chemical compound COC(N)=O GTCAXTIRRLKXRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VYKXQOYUCMREIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride Chemical compound C1CCCC2C(=O)OC(=O)C21C VYKXQOYUCMREIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002763 monocarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 2
- GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LYRFLYHAGKPMFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanamide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(N)=O LYRFLYHAGKPMFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N perchloric acid Chemical compound OCl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004986 phenylenediamines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- WLJVNTCWHIRURA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pimelic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCC(O)=O WLJVNTCWHIRURA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000005498 polishing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920006149 polyester-amide block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000909 polytetrahydrofuran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000166 polytrimethylene carbonate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- GHMLBKRAJCXXBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N resorcinol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC(O)=C1 GHMLBKRAJCXXBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004469 siloxy group Chemical group [SiH3]O* 0.000 description 2
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- TYFQFVWCELRYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N suberic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCC(O)=O TYFQFVWCELRYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000008399 tap water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020679 tap water Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000010998 test method Methods 0.000 description 2
- UFDHBDMSHIXOKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrophthalic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=C(C(O)=O)CCCC1 UFDHBDMSHIXOKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002076 thermal analysis method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004227 thermal cracking Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000013008 thixotropic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- DVKJHBMWWAPEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene 2,4-diisocyanate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(N=C=O)C=C1N=C=O DVKJHBMWWAPEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004998 toluenediamines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003918 triazines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- ARCGXLSVLAOJQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimellitic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C(C(O)=O)=C1 ARCGXLSVLAOJQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004072 triols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000010455 vermiculite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052902 vermiculite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019354 vermiculite Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000011179 visual inspection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc stearate Chemical class [Zn+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ε-Caprolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCO1 PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N (+)-borneol Chemical group C1C[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DJKGDNKYTKCJKD-BPOCMEKLSA-N (1s,4r,5s,6r)-1,2,3,4,7,7-hexachlorobicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene-5,6-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound ClC1=C(Cl)[C@]2(Cl)[C@H](C(=O)O)[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@]1(Cl)C2(Cl)Cl DJKGDNKYTKCJKD-BPOCMEKLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KMOUUZVZFBCRAM-OLQVQODUSA-N (3as,7ar)-3a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro-2-benzofuran-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1C=CC[C@@H]2C(=O)OC(=O)[C@@H]21 KMOUUZVZFBCRAM-OLQVQODUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N (9Z)-octadecen-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCO ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWEKXPWNFQBJAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N (dimethyl-$l^{3}-silanyl)oxy-dimethylsilicon Chemical compound C[Si](C)O[Si](C)C KWEKXPWNFQBJAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQCIDUSAKPWEOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Difluoroethene Chemical compound FC(F)=C BQCIDUSAKPWEOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWVMLYRJXORSEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,6-Hexanetriol Chemical compound OCCCCC(O)CO ZWVMLYRJXORSEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYIGRWUIQAVBFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(2-ethenoxyethoxy)ethane Chemical compound C=COCCOCCOCCOC=C CYIGRWUIQAVBFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940015975 1,2-hexanediol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MASDFXZJIDNRTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-bis(trimethylsilyl)urea Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)NC(=O)N[Si](C)(C)C MASDFXZJIDNRTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MWZJGRDWJVHRDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-bis(ethenoxy)butane Chemical compound C=COCCCCOC=C MWZJGRDWJVHRDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEIPWOFSKAZYJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2-ethenoxyethoxy)-2-[2-(2-ethenoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethane Chemical compound C=COCCOCCOCCOCCOC=C UEIPWOFSKAZYJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004973 1-butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- DURPTKYDGMDSBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butoxybutane Chemical compound CCCCOCCCC DURPTKYDGMDSBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZAVRNDQSIORTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxy-2,2-bis(ethenoxymethyl)butane Chemical compound C=COCC(CC)(COC=C)COC=C CZAVRNDQSIORTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SAMJGBVVQUEMGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxy-2-(2-ethenoxyethoxy)ethane Chemical compound C=COCCOCCOC=C SAMJGBVVQUEMGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FOWNZLLMQHBVQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxy-2-[2-(2-ethenoxypropoxy)propoxy]propane Chemical compound C=COCC(C)OCC(C)OCC(C)OC=C FOWNZLLMQHBVQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMUPSYZVABJEKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylcyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1(C)CCCCC1C(O)=O PMUPSYZVABJEKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006023 1-pentenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MQCPOLNSJCWPGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2'-Bisphenol F Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1CC1=CC=CC=C1O MQCPOLNSJCWPGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KGRVJHAUYBGFFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2'-Methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol) Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C)=CC(CC=2C(=C(C=C(C)C=2)C(C)(C)C)O)=C1O KGRVJHAUYBGFFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BSXJTDJJVULBTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,9-heptadecafluorononan-1-ol Chemical compound OCC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F BSXJTDJJVULBTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTBDIHRZYDMNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-Bis(hydroxymethyl)propionic acid Chemical compound OCC(C)(CO)C(O)=O PTBDIHRZYDMNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BTUDGPVTCYNYLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylglutaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(C)(C)CCC(O)=O BTUDGPVTCYNYLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOHPTLYPQCTZSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylsuccinic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(C)(C)CC(O)=O GOHPTLYPQCTZSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LXOFYPKXCSULTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,7,9-tetramethyldec-5-yne-4,7-diol Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)(O)C#CC(C)(O)CC(C)C LXOFYPKXCSULTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JAHNSTQSQJOJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-fluorophenyl)-1h-imidazole Chemical compound FC1=CC=CC(C=2NC=CN=2)=C1 JAHNSTQSQJOJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKNCOURZONDCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CN(C)CCOC(=O)C(C)=C JKNCOURZONDCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRWYHCYGVIJOEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(octoxymethyl)oxirane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCOCC1CO1 HRWYHCYGVIJOEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-METHOXYETHANOL Chemical compound COCCO XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFNINTOPXLZTNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-hydroxyethyl)cyclohexyl]ethanol Chemical compound OCCC1CCCCC1CCO AFNINTOPXLZTNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SITYOOWCYAYOKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl]-5-(3-dodecoxy-2-hydroxypropoxy)phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC(OCC(O)COCCCCCCCCCCCC)=CC=C1C1=NC(C=2C(=CC(C)=CC=2)C)=NC(C=2C(=CC(C)=CC=2)C)=N1 SITYOOWCYAYOKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBIQQQGBSDOWNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1S(O)(=O)=O WBIQQQGBSDOWNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012957 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropanone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- QWGRWMMWNDWRQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(C)CO QWGRWMMWNDWRQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YVHAOWGRHCPODY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3-dimethylbutane-1,2-diol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(O)CO YVHAOWGRHCPODY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DUHQIGLHYXLKAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3-dimethylglutaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(C)(C)CC(O)=O DUHQIGLHYXLKAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NECRQCBKTGZNMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dimethylhex-1-yn-3-ol Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)(O)C#C NECRQCBKTGZNMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IWTBVKIGCDZRPL-LURJTMIESA-N 3-Methylbutanol Natural products CC[C@H](C)CCO IWTBVKIGCDZRPL-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- WVRNUXJQQFPNMN-VAWYXSNFSA-N 3-[(e)-dodec-1-enyl]oxolane-2,5-dione Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC\C=C\C1CC(=O)OC1=O WVRNUXJQQFPNMN-VAWYXSNFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNSFRPWPOGYVLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypropyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCCO GNSFRPWPOGYVLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BSBQJOWZSCCENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypropyl carbamate Chemical compound NC(=O)OCCCO BSBQJOWZSCCENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DFATXMYLKPCSCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylsuccinic anhydride Chemical compound CC1CC(=O)OC1=O DFATXMYLKPCSCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KAYAKFYASWYOEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-octadec-1-enyloxolane-2,5-dione Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC=CC1CC(=O)OC1=O KAYAKFYASWYOEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATVJXMYDOSMEPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-prop-2-enoxyprop-1-ene Chemical compound C=CCOCC=C ATVJXMYDOSMEPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RXNYJUSEXLAVNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-Dihydroxybenzophenone Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RXNYJUSEXLAVNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-sulfonyldiphenol Chemical class C1=CC(O)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MWSKJDNQKGCKPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-methyl-3a,4,5,7a-tetrahydro-2-benzofuran-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1CC(C)=CC2C(=O)OC(=O)C12 MWSKJDNQKGCKPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZVHEAJQGPRDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-phenyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=N1 GZVHEAJQGPRDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BIUCOFQROHIAEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-nitroindole-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C2NC(C(=O)O)=CC2=C1 BIUCOFQROHIAEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KNDQHSIWLOJIGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 826-62-0 Chemical compound C1C2C3C(=O)OC(=O)C3C1C=C2 KNDQHSIWLOJIGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004342 Benzoyl peroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoylperoxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGFAIRIUMAVXCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon monoxide Chemical class [O+]#[C-] UGFAIRIUMAVXCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003270 Cymel® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethylenetriamine Chemical compound NCCNCCN RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFPJFKYCVYXDJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diphenylphosphine oxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1[P+](=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 YFPJFKYCVYXDJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dodecane Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920005682 EO-PO block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UNXHWFMMPAWVPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Erythritol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)CO UNXHWFMMPAWVPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acrylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=C JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene carbonate Chemical compound O=C1OCCO1 KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004606 Fillers/Extenders Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000068988 Glycine max Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000877 Melamine resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JOOMLFKONHCLCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-(trimethylsilyl)diethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)[Si](C)(C)C JOOMLFKONHCLCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IGFHQQFPSIBGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nonylphenol Natural products CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IGFHQQFPSIBGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008896 Opium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 1
- YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=O YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005062 Polybutadiene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002367 Polyisobutene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003265 Resimene® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical compound [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910018557 Si O Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910020175 SiOH Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000006087 Silane Coupling Agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical group [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910003524 Sr—H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfurous acid Chemical class OS(O)=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BOTDANWDWHJENH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetraethyl orthosilicate Chemical compound CCO[Si](OCC)(OCC)OCC BOTDANWDWHJENH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002359 Tetronic® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trioxochromium Chemical compound O=[Cr](=O)=O WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004833 X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000276425 Xiphophorus maculatus Species 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAXXETNIOYFMLW-COPLHBTASA-N [(1s,3s,4s)-4,7,7-trimethyl-3-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl] 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound C1C[C@]2(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)C(=C)C)C[C@H]1C2(C)C IAXXETNIOYFMLW-COPLHBTASA-N 0.000 description 1
- ORLQHILJRHBSAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1-(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexyl]methanol Chemical compound OCC1(CO)CCCCC1 ORLQHILJRHBSAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZJMNKQNPLYNDP-UHFFFAOYSA-M [O-2].[Zn+2].[F-].[Ca+2] Chemical compound [O-2].[Zn+2].[F-].[Ca+2] FZJMNKQNPLYNDP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UKLDJPRMSDWDSL-UHFFFAOYSA-L [dibutyl(dodecanoyloxy)stannyl] dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Sn](CCCC)(CCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCC UKLDJPRMSDWDSL-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910052946 acanthite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- IKHGUXGNUITLKF-XPULMUKRSA-N acetaldehyde Chemical compound [14CH]([14CH3])=O IKHGUXGNUITLKF-XPULMUKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008065 acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002318 adhesion promoter Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001334 alicyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004171 alkoxy aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920000180 alkyd Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004996 alkyl benzenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYBREYKSZAROCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-myrcene Natural products CC(=C)CCCC(=C)C=C VYBREYKSZAROCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920005603 alternating copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- CEGOLXSVJUTHNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium tristearate Chemical compound [Al+3].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CEGOLXSVJUTHNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- YCLAMANSVUJYPT-UHFFFAOYSA-L aluminum chloride hydroxide hydrate Chemical compound O.[OH-].[Al+3].[Cl-] YCLAMANSVUJYPT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940063655 aluminum stearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004630 atomic force microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019400 benzoyl peroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000006267 biphenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IYJABVNLJXJBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(selanylidene)tantalum Chemical compound [Se]=[Ta]=[Se] IYJABVNLJXJBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROUIDRHELGULJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(selanylidene)tungsten Chemical compound [Se]=[W]=[Se] ROUIDRHELGULJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001680 brushing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- BMRWNKZVCUKKSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-1,2-diol Chemical compound CCC(O)CO BMRWNKZVCUKKSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CQEYYJKEWSMYFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C=C CQEYYJKEWSMYFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940075417 cadmium iodide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QXJJQWWVWRCVQT-UHFFFAOYSA-K calcium;sodium;phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QXJJQWWVWRCVQT-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- QGJOPFRUJISHPQ-NJFSPNSNSA-N carbon disulfide-14c Chemical compound S=[14C]=S QGJOPFRUJISHPQ-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910002090 carbon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012952 cationic photoinitiator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 229910000423 chromium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005253 cladding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002153 concerted effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006482 condensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PMHQVHHXPFUNSP-UHFFFAOYSA-M copper(1+);methylsulfanylmethane;bromide Chemical compound Br[Cu].CSC PMHQVHHXPFUNSP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XCJYREBRNVKWGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper(II) phthalocyanine Chemical compound [Cu+2].C12=CC=CC=C2C(N=C2[N-]C(C3=CC=CC=C32)=N2)=NC1=NC([C]1C=CC=CC1=1)=NC=1N=C1[C]3C=CC=CC3=C2[N-]1 XCJYREBRNVKWGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005336 cracking Methods 0.000 description 1
- MLUCVPSAIODCQM-NSCUHMNNSA-N crotonaldehyde Chemical compound C\C=C\C=O MLUCVPSAIODCQM-NSCUHMNNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MLUCVPSAIODCQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N crotonaldehyde Natural products CC=CC=O MLUCVPSAIODCQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZXJXZNDDNMQXFV-UHFFFAOYSA-M crystal violet Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1[C+](C=1C=CC(=CC=1)N(C)C)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 ZXJXZNDDNMQXFV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PDXRQENMIVHKPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,1-diol Chemical compound OC1(O)CCCCC1 PDXRQENMIVHKPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPXRVTGHNJAIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanol Chemical compound OC1CCCCC1 HPXRVTGHNJAIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWAJLVLEBYIOTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexene oxide Chemical compound C1CCCC2OC21 ZWAJLVLEBYIOTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWFSEYBSWVRWGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexene oxide Natural products O=C1CCCC=C1 FWFSEYBSWVRWGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical class [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- SWXVUIWOUIDPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N diacetone alcohol Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(C)(C)O SWXVUIWOUIDPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JGFBRKRYDCGYKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibutyl(oxo)tin Chemical compound CCCC[Sn](=O)CCCC JGFBRKRYDCGYKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012975 dibutyltin dilaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001991 dicarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KORSJDCBLAPZEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate Chemical compound C1CC(N=C=O)CCC1CC1CCC(N=C=O)CC1 KORSJDCBLAPZEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001993 dienes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000005690 diesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FLISWPFVWWWNNP-BQYQJAHWSA-N dihydro-3-(1-octenyl)-2,5-furandione Chemical compound CCCCCC\C=C\C1CC(=O)OC1=O FLISWPFVWWWNNP-BQYQJAHWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IPZJQDSFZGZEOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylmethylene Chemical compound C[C]C IPZJQDSFZGZEOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XVKKIGYVKWTOKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylphosphoryl(phenyl)methanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1P(=O)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XVKKIGYVKWTOKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007598 dipping method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012674 dispersion polymerization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCO LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940060296 dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000004070 electrodeposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007720 emulsion polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- GKIPXFAANLTWBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N epibromohydrin Chemical compound BrCC1CO1 GKIPXFAANLTWBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006735 epoxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- UNXHWFMMPAWVPI-ZXZARUISSA-N erythritol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO UNXHWFMMPAWVPI-ZXZARUISSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006266 etherification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005677 ethinylene group Chemical group [*:2]C#C[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- XDFYWAPQDKBIHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl prop-2-enoate;prop-2-enamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C.CCOC(=O)C=C XDFYWAPQDKBIHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000009408 flooring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- MSYLJRIXVZCQHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N formaldehyde;6-phenyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound O=C.NC1=NC(N)=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=N1 MSYLJRIXVZCQHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010528 free radical solution polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910003472 fullerene Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000001879 gelation Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005908 glyceryl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940075529 glyceryl stearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VPVSTMAPERLKKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycoluril Chemical compound N1C(=O)NC2NC(=O)NC21 VPVSTMAPERLKKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000227 grinding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052602 gypsum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010440 gypsum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007542 hardness measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- CPBQJMYROZQQJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N helium neon Chemical compound [He].[Ne] CPBQJMYROZQQJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZXYXXWJPMLRGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecyl benzenesulfonate Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZXYXXWJPMLRGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UQEAIHBTYFGYIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethyldisiloxane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)C UQEAIHBTYFGYIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940073561 hexamethyldisiloxane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FHKSXSQHXQEMOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,2-diol Chemical compound CCCCC(O)CO FHKSXSQHXQEMOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROASJEHPZNKHOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexyl carbamate Chemical class CCCCCCOC(N)=O ROASJEHPZNKHOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical class I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004679 hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002462 imidazolines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001023 inorganic pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052909 inorganic silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052945 inorganic sulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000008040 ionic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003010 ionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- KFZAUHNPPZCSCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron zinc Chemical compound [Fe].[Zn] KFZAUHNPPZCSCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001282 iso-butane Substances 0.000 description 1
- PHTQWCKDNZKARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoamylol Chemical compound CC(C)CCO PHTQWCKDNZKARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940119545 isobornyl methacrylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000004922 lacquer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MOUPNEIJQCETIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N lead chromate Chemical compound [Pb+2].[O-][Cr]([O-])(=O)=O MOUPNEIJQCETIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004611 light stabiliser Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000944 linseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021388 linseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001050 lubricating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002734 metacrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 1
- FQPSGWSUVKBHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N methacrylamide Chemical class CC(=C)C(N)=O FQPSGWSUVKBHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005395 methacrylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DCUFMVPCXCSVNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N methacrylic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OC(=O)C(C)=C DCUFMVPCXCSVNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPKDCDLSJZCGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanediimine Chemical compound N=C=N VPKDCDLSJZCGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N methanone Chemical compound O=[14CH2] WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XJRBAMWJDBPFIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl vinyl ether Chemical compound COC=C XJRBAMWJDBPFIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVHBHZANLOWSRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylenebutanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(=C)C(O)=O LVHBHZANLOWSRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZJBHFQKJEBGFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylsilanetriol Chemical compound C[Si](O)(O)O ZJBHFQKJEBGFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011325 microbead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003801 milling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013008 moisture curing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 1
- MHWZQNGIEIYAQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N molybdenum diselenide Chemical compound [Se]=[Mo]=[Se] MHWZQNGIEIYAQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002762 monocarboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001421 myristyl group Chemical class [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-heptadecyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012802 nanoclay Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- SNQQPOLDUKLAAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1O SNQQPOLDUKLAAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003986 novolac Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940055577 oleyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N oleyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCCCO XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001027 opium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001451 organic peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012860 organic pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000466 oxiranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- AUONHKJOIZSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxophosphane Chemical compound P=O AUONHKJOIZSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006353 oxyethylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003973 paint Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007591 painting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N para-ethylbenzaldehyde Natural products CCC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002958 pentadecyl group Chemical class [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- WCVRQHFDJLLWFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentane-1,2-diol Chemical compound CCCC(O)CO WCVRQHFDJLLWFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GLOBUAZSRIOKLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentane-1,4-diol Chemical compound CC(O)CCCO GLOBUAZSRIOKLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pent‐4‐en‐2‐one Natural products CC(=O)CC=C PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940083254 peripheral vasodilators imidazoline derivative Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001568 phenolic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- CMPQUABWPXYYSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl phosphate Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 CMPQUABWPXYYSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylbenzene Natural products C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003504 photosensitizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalocyanine Chemical compound N1C(N=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C(N=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=N4)N3)=N2)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1N=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C4=N1 IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001485 poly(butyl acrylate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003207 poly(ethylene-2,6-naphthalate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002627 poly(phosphazenes) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000548 poly(silane) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002857 polybutadiene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001707 polybutylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011112 polyethylene naphthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODGAOXROABLFNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N polynoxylin Chemical compound O=C.NC(N)=O ODGAOXROABLFNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008442 polyphenolic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007519 polyprotic acids Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- TVDSBUOJIPERQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-yn-1-ol Chemical compound OCC#C TVDSBUOJIPERQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene carbonate Chemical compound CC1COC(=O)O1 RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011253 protective coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007142 ring opening reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011435 rock Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004576 sand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004626 scanning electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011669 selenium Substances 0.000 description 1
- SCPYDCQAZCOKTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N silanol Chemical compound [SiH3]O SCPYDCQAZCOKTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004760 silicates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon carbide Chemical compound [Si+]#[C-] HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910010271 silicon carbide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon monoxide Inorganic materials [Si-]#[O+] LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940056910 silver sulfide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XUARKZBEFFVFRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver sulfide Chemical compound [S-2].[Ag+].[Ag+] XUARKZBEFFVFRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FVEFRICMTUKAML-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium tetradecyl sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCC(CC)CCC(CC(C)C)OS([O-])(=O)=O FVEFRICMTUKAML-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DHQIJSYTNIUZRY-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;2,3-di(nonyl)naphthalene-1-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC=C2C(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C(CCCCCCCCC)C(CCCCCCCCC)=CC2=C1 DHQIJSYTNIUZRY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000003980 solgel method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- ANOBYBYXJXCGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-L stannous fluoride Chemical compound F[Sn]F ANOBYBYXJXCGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960002799 stannous fluoride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940037312 stearamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004763 sulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005211 surface analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002994 synthetic fiber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003784 tall oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003760 tallow Substances 0.000 description 1
- BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)Cl BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUHHYELHRWCWEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachlorophthalic anhydride Chemical compound ClC1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=C1Cl AUHHYELHRWCWEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCO UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012974 tin catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- KSBAEPSJVUENNK-UHFFFAOYSA-L tin(ii) 2-ethylhexanoate Chemical compound [Sn+2].CCCCC(CC)C([O-])=O.CCCCC(CC)C([O-])=O KSBAEPSJVUENNK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002889 tridecyl group Chemical class [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- SRPWOOOHEPICQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimellitic anhydride Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=C1 SRPWOOOHEPICQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005051 trimethylchlorosilane Substances 0.000 description 1
- QXJQHYBHAIHNGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylolethane Chemical compound OCC(C)(CO)CO QXJQHYBHAIHNGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTVLMFQEYACZNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F FTVLMFQEYACZNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006227 trimethylsilylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N triton Chemical compound [3H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002383 tung oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002948 undecyl group Chemical class [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920001567 vinyl ester resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003039 volatile agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004711 α-olefin Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D5/00—Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D175/00—Coating compositions based on polyureas or polyurethanes; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
- C09D175/04—Polyurethanes
- C09D175/14—Polyurethanes having carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G18/00—Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates
- C08G18/06—Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen
- C08G18/28—Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen characterised by the compounds used containing active hydrogen
- C08G18/40—High-molecular-weight compounds
- C08G18/62—Polymers of compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds
- C08G18/6216—Polymers of alpha-beta ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids or of derivatives thereof
- C08G18/625—Polymers of alpha-beta ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids; hydrolyzed polymers of esters of these acids
- C08G18/6254—Polymers of alpha-beta ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids and of esters of these acids containing hydroxy groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G18/00—Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates
- C08G18/06—Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen
- C08G18/28—Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen characterised by the compounds used containing active hydrogen
- C08G18/67—Unsaturated compounds having active hydrogen
- C08G18/675—Low-molecular-weight compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G18/00—Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates
- C08G18/06—Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen
- C08G18/70—Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen characterised by the isocyanates or isothiocyanates used
- C08G18/72—Polyisocyanates or polyisothiocyanates
- C08G18/77—Polyisocyanates or polyisothiocyanates having heteroatoms in addition to the isocyanate or isothiocyanate nitrogen and oxygen or sulfur
- C08G18/78—Nitrogen
- C08G18/79—Nitrogen characterised by the polyisocyanates used, these having groups formed by oligomerisation of isocyanates or isothiocyanates
- C08G18/791—Nitrogen characterised by the polyisocyanates used, these having groups formed by oligomerisation of isocyanates or isothiocyanates containing isocyanurate groups
- C08G18/792—Nitrogen characterised by the polyisocyanates used, these having groups formed by oligomerisation of isocyanates or isothiocyanates containing isocyanurate groups formed by oligomerisation of aliphatic and/or cycloaliphatic isocyanates or isothiocyanates
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D4/00—Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, based on organic non-macromolecular compounds having at least one polymerisable carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bond ; Coating compositions, based on monomers of macromolecular compounds of groups C09D183/00 - C09D183/16
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D4/00—Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, based on organic non-macromolecular compounds having at least one polymerisable carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bond ; Coating compositions, based on monomers of macromolecular compounds of groups C09D183/00 - C09D183/16
- C09D4/06—Organic non-macromolecular compounds having at least one polymerisable carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bond in combination with a macromolecular compound other than an unsaturated polymer of groups C09D159/00 - C09D187/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F222/00—Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a carboxyl radical and containing at least one other carboxyl radical in the molecule; Salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof
- C08F222/10—Esters
- C08F222/1006—Esters of polyhydric alcohols or polyhydric phenols
- C08F222/104—Esters of polyhydric alcohols or polyhydric phenols of tetraalcohols, e.g. pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Paints Or Removers (AREA)
- Application Of Or Painting With Fluid Materials (AREA)
Abstract
Coating compositions formed from components including radiation and thermally curable material(s); curing agent(s) and a plurality of particles are provided, wherein each component is different. Also provided are multi-component composite coatings which include a cured basecoat deposited from a pigmented coating composition and a cured topcoat deposited from a topcoating composition. The multi-component composite coatings of the invention provide highly scratch resistant color-plus-clearcoatings.
Description
2 PCT/US00/20839 DUAL CURE COATING COMPOSITIONS HAVING
IMPROVED SCRATCH RESISTANCE, COATED
SUBSTRATES AND METHODS RELATED THERETO
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
Certain embodiments of the present invention generally are directed to dual cure coating compositions formed from radiation curable materials, thermally curable materials, curing agents, and a plurality of particles, wherein each component is different. Other embodiments of the present invention generally are directed to dual cure coating compositions formed from materials having at least one radiation curable group and at least one thermally curable group, curing agents; and a plurality of particles, wherein each component is different.
Other embodiments of the present invention are directed to substrates coated with the aforementioned cured compositions. Further embodiments of the present invention are directed to methods for improving scratch resistance of a substrate.
It will be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art that specific embodiments of the present invention may be directed to some or all of these aspects of the present invention as well as other desirable aspects.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Over the past decade, there has been a concerted effort to reduce atmospheric pollution caused by volatile solvents which are emitted during the painting process. However, it is often difficult to achieve high quality, smooth coating finishes, such as are required in the industrial and automotive industry, without using organic solvents, which contribute greatly to flow and leveling of a coating. In addition to achieving near-flawless appearance, such coatings must be durable and abrasion resistant, yet economical and easy to apply.
The use of conventional thermally curable thermosetting resins for coating compositions can be undesirable because of the necessity for thinning the resins with solvents to provide easy application to substrates. The use of solvents is undesirable for cost and environmental reasons because the solvents must be removed from the coating composition during cure.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) To alleviate the above problems, radiation sensitive materials have been developed which cure by ionizing or actinic radiation, which lessen or eliminate the need for solvent. However, the flexibility of radiation cure coatings can be less than desired' and the properties of such coating compositions are not easily modified for different applications.
U.S. Patent No. 4,025,407 discloses thinning conventional thermosetting resins with radiation or actinic light sensitive materials and subjecting the coatings to ionizing or actinic radiation and then to conventional curing mechanisms for thermosetting resins. In Example 1, a thermosetting resin was formed by mixing, inter alia, a radiation sensitive monomer with a radiation insensitive aliphatic diisocyanate, Ti02 and black tint, subjecting the coating to electron beam irradiation and then moisture curing the coating by heating at 140°F
for 24 hours.
U.S. Patent No. 5,571,297 discloses a binder coat which comprises a mixture of abrasive grit and a compound having at least one function that is radiation curable and at least one function that is thermally curable Color-plus-clearcoating systems involving the application of a colored or pigmented basecoat to a substrate followed by application of a transparent or clearcoat over the basecoat have become increasingly popular as original finishes for a number of consumer products including, for example automotive vehicles.
The color-plus-clearcoating systems have outstanding appearance properties such as gloss and distinctness of image, due in large part to the clearcoat.
Such color-plus-clearcoating systems have become popular for use with automotive vehicles, aerospace applications, floor coverings such as ceramic tiles and wood flooring, packaging coatings and the like.
Topcoat film-forming compositions, particularly those used to form the transparent clearcoat in color-plus-clearcoating systems for automotive and industrial applications, are subject to defects that occur during the assembly process as well as damage from numerous environmental elements. Such defects during the assembly process include paint defects in the application or curing of the basecoat or the clearcoat. Damaging environmental elements include acidic precipitation, exposure to ultraviolet radiation from sunlight, high relative humidity and high temperatures, defects due to contact with objects causing scratching of the coated surface, and defects due to impact with small, hard objects resulting in chipping of the coating surface.
Typically, a harder more highly crosslinked film may exhibit improved scratch resistance, but it is less flexible and much more susceptible to chipping andlor thermal cracking due to embrittlement of the film resulting from a high crosslink density. A softer, less crosslinked film, white not prone to chipping or thermal cracking, is susceptible to scratching, waterspotting, and acid etch due to a low crosslink density of the cured film.
Further, elastomeric automotive parts and accessories, for example elastomeric bumpers and hoods, are typically coated "off site" and shipped to automobile assembly plants. The coating compositions applied to such elastomeric substrates are typically formulated to be very flexible so the coating can bend or flex with the substrate without cracking. To achieve the requisite flexibility, coating compositions for use on elastomeric substrates often are formulated to produce coatings with lower crosslink densities or to include flexibilizing adjuvants which act to lower the overall film glass transition temperature (Tg). While acceptable flexibility properties can be achieved with these formulating techniques, they also can result in softer films that are susceptible to scratching. Consequently, great expense and care must be taken to package the coated parts to prevent scratching of the coated surfaces during shipping to automobile assembly plants.
U.S. Patent No. 4,822,828 teaches the use of a vinyl functional silane in an aqueous, radiation curable, coating composition which comprises: (a) from 50 to 85 percent, based on the total weight of the dispersion, of a vinyl functional silane, (b) from 15 to 50 percent, based on the total weight of the dispersion of a multifunctional acrylate, and (c) optionally, from 1 to 3 weight percent of a photoinitiator. The vinyl-functional silane is the partial condensate of silica and a silane, such that at least sixty percent of the silane is a vinyl-functional silane conforming to the formula (R)aSi(R')b(R")~ wherein R is allyl or vinyl functional alkyl; R' is hydrolyzable alkoxy or methoxy; R" is non-hydrolyzable, saturated
IMPROVED SCRATCH RESISTANCE, COATED
SUBSTRATES AND METHODS RELATED THERETO
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
Certain embodiments of the present invention generally are directed to dual cure coating compositions formed from radiation curable materials, thermally curable materials, curing agents, and a plurality of particles, wherein each component is different. Other embodiments of the present invention generally are directed to dual cure coating compositions formed from materials having at least one radiation curable group and at least one thermally curable group, curing agents; and a plurality of particles, wherein each component is different.
Other embodiments of the present invention are directed to substrates coated with the aforementioned cured compositions. Further embodiments of the present invention are directed to methods for improving scratch resistance of a substrate.
It will be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art that specific embodiments of the present invention may be directed to some or all of these aspects of the present invention as well as other desirable aspects.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Over the past decade, there has been a concerted effort to reduce atmospheric pollution caused by volatile solvents which are emitted during the painting process. However, it is often difficult to achieve high quality, smooth coating finishes, such as are required in the industrial and automotive industry, without using organic solvents, which contribute greatly to flow and leveling of a coating. In addition to achieving near-flawless appearance, such coatings must be durable and abrasion resistant, yet economical and easy to apply.
The use of conventional thermally curable thermosetting resins for coating compositions can be undesirable because of the necessity for thinning the resins with solvents to provide easy application to substrates. The use of solvents is undesirable for cost and environmental reasons because the solvents must be removed from the coating composition during cure.
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) To alleviate the above problems, radiation sensitive materials have been developed which cure by ionizing or actinic radiation, which lessen or eliminate the need for solvent. However, the flexibility of radiation cure coatings can be less than desired' and the properties of such coating compositions are not easily modified for different applications.
U.S. Patent No. 4,025,407 discloses thinning conventional thermosetting resins with radiation or actinic light sensitive materials and subjecting the coatings to ionizing or actinic radiation and then to conventional curing mechanisms for thermosetting resins. In Example 1, a thermosetting resin was formed by mixing, inter alia, a radiation sensitive monomer with a radiation insensitive aliphatic diisocyanate, Ti02 and black tint, subjecting the coating to electron beam irradiation and then moisture curing the coating by heating at 140°F
for 24 hours.
U.S. Patent No. 5,571,297 discloses a binder coat which comprises a mixture of abrasive grit and a compound having at least one function that is radiation curable and at least one function that is thermally curable Color-plus-clearcoating systems involving the application of a colored or pigmented basecoat to a substrate followed by application of a transparent or clearcoat over the basecoat have become increasingly popular as original finishes for a number of consumer products including, for example automotive vehicles.
The color-plus-clearcoating systems have outstanding appearance properties such as gloss and distinctness of image, due in large part to the clearcoat.
Such color-plus-clearcoating systems have become popular for use with automotive vehicles, aerospace applications, floor coverings such as ceramic tiles and wood flooring, packaging coatings and the like.
Topcoat film-forming compositions, particularly those used to form the transparent clearcoat in color-plus-clearcoating systems for automotive and industrial applications, are subject to defects that occur during the assembly process as well as damage from numerous environmental elements. Such defects during the assembly process include paint defects in the application or curing of the basecoat or the clearcoat. Damaging environmental elements include acidic precipitation, exposure to ultraviolet radiation from sunlight, high relative humidity and high temperatures, defects due to contact with objects causing scratching of the coated surface, and defects due to impact with small, hard objects resulting in chipping of the coating surface.
Typically, a harder more highly crosslinked film may exhibit improved scratch resistance, but it is less flexible and much more susceptible to chipping andlor thermal cracking due to embrittlement of the film resulting from a high crosslink density. A softer, less crosslinked film, white not prone to chipping or thermal cracking, is susceptible to scratching, waterspotting, and acid etch due to a low crosslink density of the cured film.
Further, elastomeric automotive parts and accessories, for example elastomeric bumpers and hoods, are typically coated "off site" and shipped to automobile assembly plants. The coating compositions applied to such elastomeric substrates are typically formulated to be very flexible so the coating can bend or flex with the substrate without cracking. To achieve the requisite flexibility, coating compositions for use on elastomeric substrates often are formulated to produce coatings with lower crosslink densities or to include flexibilizing adjuvants which act to lower the overall film glass transition temperature (Tg). While acceptable flexibility properties can be achieved with these formulating techniques, they also can result in softer films that are susceptible to scratching. Consequently, great expense and care must be taken to package the coated parts to prevent scratching of the coated surfaces during shipping to automobile assembly plants.
U.S. Patent No. 4,822,828 teaches the use of a vinyl functional silane in an aqueous, radiation curable, coating composition which comprises: (a) from 50 to 85 percent, based on the total weight of the dispersion, of a vinyl functional silane, (b) from 15 to 50 percent, based on the total weight of the dispersion of a multifunctional acrylate, and (c) optionally, from 1 to 3 weight percent of a photoinitiator. The vinyl-functional silane is the partial condensate of silica and a silane, such that at least sixty percent of the silane is a vinyl-functional silane conforming to the formula (R)aSi(R')b(R")~ wherein R is allyl or vinyl functional alkyl; R' is hydrolyzable alkoxy or methoxy; R" is non-hydrolyzable, saturated
-3-alkyl, phenyl, or siloxy, such that a+b+c=4; and a >_ 1; b >_ 1; c >_0. The patent discloses that these coating compositions may be applied to plastic materials and cured by exposure to ultraviolet or electron beam irradiation to form a substantially clear, abrasion resistant layer.
Despite recent improvements in color-plus-clearcoating systems, there remains a need in the automotive coatings art for topcoats having good scratch resistance without embrittlement of the film. Moreover, it would be advantageous to provide topcoats for elastomeric substrates utilized in the industrial and automotive industries which are both flexible and resistant to scratching.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition formed from components comprising: (a) at least one first material comprising at least one radiation curable reactive functional group; (b) at least one second material comprising at least one thermally curable reactive functional group; (c) at least one curing agent reactive with the at least one thermally curable reactive functional group, the at least one curing agent being selected from aminoplast resins, polyisocyanates, blocked polyisocyanates, triazine derived isocyanates, polyepoxides, polyacids, polyols and mixtures of the foregoing;
and (d) a plurality of particles selected from inorganic particles, composite particles, and mixtures of the foregoing, wherein each componenf is different.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition formed from components comprising: (a) at least one material comprising at least one ultraviolet radiation curable reactive functional group and at least one thermally curable reactive functional group; (b) at least one curing agent reactive with the at least one thermally curable reactive functional group, the at least one curing agent being selected from polyisocyanates, blocked polyisocyanates, triazine derived isocyanates, polyepoxides, polyacids, polyols and mixtures of the foregoing; and (c) a plurality of particles, wherein each component is different.
Additionally, a coated substrate is disclosed to be within the scope of the
Despite recent improvements in color-plus-clearcoating systems, there remains a need in the automotive coatings art for topcoats having good scratch resistance without embrittlement of the film. Moreover, it would be advantageous to provide topcoats for elastomeric substrates utilized in the industrial and automotive industries which are both flexible and resistant to scratching.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition formed from components comprising: (a) at least one first material comprising at least one radiation curable reactive functional group; (b) at least one second material comprising at least one thermally curable reactive functional group; (c) at least one curing agent reactive with the at least one thermally curable reactive functional group, the at least one curing agent being selected from aminoplast resins, polyisocyanates, blocked polyisocyanates, triazine derived isocyanates, polyepoxides, polyacids, polyols and mixtures of the foregoing;
and (d) a plurality of particles selected from inorganic particles, composite particles, and mixtures of the foregoing, wherein each componenf is different.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition formed from components comprising: (a) at least one material comprising at least one ultraviolet radiation curable reactive functional group and at least one thermally curable reactive functional group; (b) at least one curing agent reactive with the at least one thermally curable reactive functional group, the at least one curing agent being selected from polyisocyanates, blocked polyisocyanates, triazine derived isocyanates, polyepoxides, polyacids, polyols and mixtures of the foregoing; and (c) a plurality of particles, wherein each component is different.
Additionally, a coated substrate is disclosed to be within the scope of the
-4-present invention which comprises a substrate and a cured composition coated over at least a portion of the substrate, the cured composition being any of the foregoing cured compositions according to the present invention. The present invention also provides a method of coating a substrate which comprises forming over at least a portion of the substrate a cured composition, the cured composition being any of the foregoing cured compositions according to the present invention.
Coated automotive substrates also are disclosed to be within the present invention which comprise an automotive substrate which is coated, at least in part, by any of the foregoing cured compositions according to the present invention.
The present invention also provides methods of making coated automotive substrates comprising obtaining an automotive substrate and forming over at least a portion of the automotive substrate any of the foregoing cured compositions according to the present invention.
Also provided are multi-component composite coating compositions which comprise a basecoat deposited from a pigmented coating composition, and any one of the foregoing cured compositions according to the present invention formed as a topcoat over the basecoat. The present invention also provides methods for making multi-component composite coating compositions comprising:
(a) applying a pigmented composition to a substrate to form a basecoat; and (b) applying any one of the foregoing coating compositions as a topcoating composition over at least a portion of the basecoat, and-(c) curing the topcoating composition to form any of the foregoing cured compositions according to the present invention.
Methods of improving the scratch resistance of a polymeric substrate or polymeric coating which comprise forming on the polymeric substrate or polymeric coating any of the foregoing cured compositions according to the present invention also are provided in another embodiment of the present invention.
The present invention also provides methods for retaining the gloss of a polymeric substrate or polymeric coating over time which comprises forming over at least a portion of the polymeric substrate or polymeric coating any of the foregoing cured . compositions according to the present invention. Also provided are methods for
Coated automotive substrates also are disclosed to be within the present invention which comprise an automotive substrate which is coated, at least in part, by any of the foregoing cured compositions according to the present invention.
The present invention also provides methods of making coated automotive substrates comprising obtaining an automotive substrate and forming over at least a portion of the automotive substrate any of the foregoing cured compositions according to the present invention.
Also provided are multi-component composite coating compositions which comprise a basecoat deposited from a pigmented coating composition, and any one of the foregoing cured compositions according to the present invention formed as a topcoat over the basecoat. The present invention also provides methods for making multi-component composite coating compositions comprising:
(a) applying a pigmented composition to a substrate to form a basecoat; and (b) applying any one of the foregoing coating compositions as a topcoating composition over at least a portion of the basecoat, and-(c) curing the topcoating composition to form any of the foregoing cured compositions according to the present invention.
Methods of improving the scratch resistance of a polymeric substrate or polymeric coating which comprise forming on the polymeric substrate or polymeric coating any of the foregoing cured compositions according to the present invention also are provided in another embodiment of the present invention.
The present invention also provides methods for retaining the gloss of a polymeric substrate or polymeric coating over time which comprises forming over at least a portion of the polymeric substrate or polymeric coating any of the foregoing cured . compositions according to the present invention. Also provided are methods for
-5-revitalizing the gloss of a polymeric substrate or polymeric coating comprising forming over at least a portion of the polymeric substrate or polymeric coating any of the foregoing cured compositions according to the present invention.
Other than in the operating examples, or where otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities of ingredients, reaction conditions, and so forth used in the specification and claims are to be understood as being modified in all instances by the term "about." Accordingly, unless indicated to the contrary, the numerical parameters set forth in the following specification and attached claims are approximations that may vary depending upon the 'desired properties sought to be obtained by the present invention. At the very least, and not as an attempt to limit the application of the doctrine of equivalents to the scope of the claims, each numerical parameter should at least be construed in light of the number of reported significant digits and by applying ordinary rounding techniques.
Notwithstanding that the numerical ranges and parameters setting forth the broad scope of the invention are approximations, the numerical values set forth in the specific examples are reported as precisely as possible. Any numerical value, however, inherently contain certain errors necessarily resulting from the standard deviation found in their respective testing measurements.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to coating compositions formed from components comprising at least one first material comprising at least one radiation curable reactive functional group; at least one second material comprising at least one thermally curable reactive functional group; at least one curing agent reactive with the at least one thermally curable reactive functional group; and a plurality of particles, wherein each component is different. As used herein, "material" can be a compound, monomer, oligomer or polymer. In an alternative embodiment, in lieu of or in addition to the first and second materials, the film-forming material can comprise at least one functional
Other than in the operating examples, or where otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities of ingredients, reaction conditions, and so forth used in the specification and claims are to be understood as being modified in all instances by the term "about." Accordingly, unless indicated to the contrary, the numerical parameters set forth in the following specification and attached claims are approximations that may vary depending upon the 'desired properties sought to be obtained by the present invention. At the very least, and not as an attempt to limit the application of the doctrine of equivalents to the scope of the claims, each numerical parameter should at least be construed in light of the number of reported significant digits and by applying ordinary rounding techniques.
Notwithstanding that the numerical ranges and parameters setting forth the broad scope of the invention are approximations, the numerical values set forth in the specific examples are reported as precisely as possible. Any numerical value, however, inherently contain certain errors necessarily resulting from the standard deviation found in their respective testing measurements.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to coating compositions formed from components comprising at least one first material comprising at least one radiation curable reactive functional group; at least one second material comprising at least one thermally curable reactive functional group; at least one curing agent reactive with the at least one thermally curable reactive functional group; and a plurality of particles, wherein each component is different. As used herein, "material" can be a compound, monomer, oligomer or polymer. In an alternative embodiment, in lieu of or in addition to the first and second materials, the film-forming material can comprise at least one functional
-6-group which is curable by thermal energy and at least one functional group which is curable by ionizing or actinic radiation.
As used herein, the phrase "each component is different" refers to components which do not have the same chemical structure as other components in the composition.
As used herein, the term "cure" as used in connection with a composition, e.g., "a cured composition," shall mean that at least a portion of the crosslinkable components which form the composition are at least partially crosslinked. fn certain embodiments of the present invention, the crosslink density of the crosslinkable components, i.e., the degree of crosslinking, ranges from 5% to 100% of complete crosslinking. In other embodiments, the crosslink density ranges from 35% to 85% of full crosslinking. In other embodiments, the crosslink density ranges from 50% to 85% of full crosslinking. The crosslinking density may range between any combination of these values inclusive of the recited values.
One skilled in the art will understand that the presence and degree of crosslinking, i.e., the crosslink density, can be determined by a variety of methods, such as dynamic mechanical thermal analysis (DMTA) using a TA Instruments DMA 2980 DMTA analyzer conducted under nitrogen. This method determines the glass transition temperature and crosslink density of free films of coatings or polymers.
These physical properties of a cured material are related to the structure of the crosslinked network.
As discussed above, the compositions according to the present invention are formed from components comprising at least one first material comprising at least one radiation curable reactive functional group which is curable by ionizing radiation and/or actinic radiation.
As used herein, "ionizing radiation" means high energy radiation and/or the secondary energies resulting from conversion of this electron or other particle energy to neutron or gamma radiation, said energies being at least 30,000 electron volts and can be 50,000 to 300,000 electron volts. While various types of ionizing irradiation are suitable for this purpose, such as X-ray, gamma and beta rays, the radiation produced by accelerated high energy electrons or electron
As used herein, the phrase "each component is different" refers to components which do not have the same chemical structure as other components in the composition.
As used herein, the term "cure" as used in connection with a composition, e.g., "a cured composition," shall mean that at least a portion of the crosslinkable components which form the composition are at least partially crosslinked. fn certain embodiments of the present invention, the crosslink density of the crosslinkable components, i.e., the degree of crosslinking, ranges from 5% to 100% of complete crosslinking. In other embodiments, the crosslink density ranges from 35% to 85% of full crosslinking. In other embodiments, the crosslink density ranges from 50% to 85% of full crosslinking. The crosslinking density may range between any combination of these values inclusive of the recited values.
One skilled in the art will understand that the presence and degree of crosslinking, i.e., the crosslink density, can be determined by a variety of methods, such as dynamic mechanical thermal analysis (DMTA) using a TA Instruments DMA 2980 DMTA analyzer conducted under nitrogen. This method determines the glass transition temperature and crosslink density of free films of coatings or polymers.
These physical properties of a cured material are related to the structure of the crosslinked network.
As discussed above, the compositions according to the present invention are formed from components comprising at least one first material comprising at least one radiation curable reactive functional group which is curable by ionizing radiation and/or actinic radiation.
As used herein, "ionizing radiation" means high energy radiation and/or the secondary energies resulting from conversion of this electron or other particle energy to neutron or gamma radiation, said energies being at least 30,000 electron volts and can be 50,000 to 300,000 electron volts. While various types of ionizing irradiation are suitable for this purpose, such as X-ray, gamma and beta rays, the radiation produced by accelerated high energy electrons or electron
-7-beam devices also can be used. The amount of ionizing radiation in rads for curing compositions according to the present invention can vary based upon such factors as the components of the coating formulation, the thickness of the coating upon the substrate, the temperature of the coating composition and the like.
Generally, a 1 mil (25 micrometer) thick wet film of a coating composition according to the present invention can be cured in the presence of oxygen through its thickness to a tack-free state upon exposure to from 0.5 to 5 megarads of ionizing radiation.
"Actinic radiation" is light with wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation ranging from the ultraviolet ("UV") light range, through the visible light range, and into the infrared range. Actinic radiation which can be used to cure coating compositions of the present invention generally has wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation ranging from 150 to 2,000 nanometers (nm), from 180 to 1,000 nm, or from 200 to 500 nm. In one embodiment, ultraviolet radiation having a wavelength ranging from 10 to 390 nm can be used. Examples of suitable ultraviolet light sources include mercury arcs, carbon arcs, low, medium or high pressure mercury lamps, swirl-flow plasma arcs and ultraviolet light emitting diodes. Suitable ultraviolet light-emitting lamps are medium pressure mercury vapor lamps having outputs ranging from 200 to 600 watts per inch (79 to 237 watts per centimeter) across the length of the lamp tube. Generally, a 1 mil (25 micrometer) thick wet film of a coating composition according to the present invention can be cured through its thickness to a tack-free state upon exposure to actinic radiation by passing the film at a rate of 20 to 1000 feet per minute (6 to 300 meters per minute) under four medium pressure mercury vapor lamps of exposure at 200 to 1000 millijoules per square centimeter of the wet film.
The at least one radiation curable reactive functional group can be selected from vinyl groups, vinyl ether groups, epoxy groups, maleimide groups, fumarate groups and combinations of the foregoing. Suitable first materials having vinyl functionality include those having unsaturated ester groups and vinyl ether groups as discussed below. A non-limiting example of suitable epoxy groups includes cycloaliphatic epoxy groups.
_g_ Suitable first materials comprising unsaturated ester groups include materials comprising acrylate groups, methacrylate groups and/or ethacrylate groups. The unsaturated ester group can be an acrylate group. Useful materials comprising unsaturated ester groups include esters and amides of acrylic or methacrylic acid or comonomers of such an ester with another copolymerizable monomer. Suitable esters include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl(meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, glycerol di(meth)acrylate, glycerol tri(meth)acrylate, 1,3-propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,2,4-butanetriol tri(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,4-benzenediol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, 1,5-pentanediol y 5 di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, 2,2-dimethyl-3-hydroxypropyl-2,2-dimethyl-3-hydroxypropionate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylates derived from aromatic glycidyl ethers such as bisphenol A diglycidyl ethers and aliphatic diglycidyl ethers, acrylic or methacrylic amides such as (meth)acrylamide, diacetone (meth)acrylamide, N-(betahydroxyethyl) (meth)acrylamide, N,N-bis(betahydroxyethyl) (meth)acrylamide, methylene bis(meth)acrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bis(meth)acrylamide, diethylenetriamine tris(meth)acrylamide, bis(gamma-(meth)acrylamidepropoxy) ethane, beta-(meth)acrylamide ethylacrylate and mixtures of the foregoing.
Other useful first materials comprising unsaturated (ester groups include hydroxy functional unsaturated polycarboxylates and polycaprolactones.
Suitable hydroxy functional unsaturated polycarboxylates can be formed from ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohols. Useful ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids have an acid functionality of at least two and/or their corresponding anhydrides. Non-limiting examples of ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids and anhydrides include malefic acid, malefic anhydride, fumaric _g_ acid, itaconic acid and mixtures of the foregoing. The unsaturated carboxylic acids can be blended with saturated carboxylic acids, such as phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, trimelliticacid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, tetrachlorophthalic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, malonic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, 2,2-dimethylsuccinic acid, 2,2-dimethylglutaric acid, 3,3-dimethylglutaric acid, anhydrides of the foregoing, where they exist, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
Useful polyhydric alcohols for preparing the hydroxy functional unsaturated polycarboxylate include diethylene glycol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, butylene glycol, glycerol, trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, sorbitol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,2-bis(hydroxyethyl)cyclohexane, 2,2-dimethyl-3-hydroxypropyl-2,2-dimethyl-3-hydroxypropionate, neopentyl glycol, 2-methyl-1,3-propane diol and mixtures of the foregoing. Monofunctional alcohols, such as C1-C15 monoalcohols, can be blended with the polyhydric alcohofs, as desired.
The number average molecular weight of the unsaturated ester material can range from 500 to 50,000 grams per mole, as measured using gel permeation chromatography using a polystyrene standard. The unsaturated ester material can be prepared by any method well known to those skilled in the art, such as by mixing the components and heating at temperatures rariging from 150°C
to 250°C
for 1 to 10 hours and removing water formed during the esterification reaction.
Conventional esterification catalysts, such as paratoluenesulfonic acid, butylstannoic acid, dibutyltin oxide, stannous fluoride and stannous octoate can be used to increase the rate of reaction.
Vinyl ether functional materials suitable for use in the present invention include vinyl ethers prepared from di-, tri- or tetrafunctional polyols, acetylene and a basic catalyst under pressure in a manner well know to those skilled in the art.
Also, vinyl terminated polyesters such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent No.
5,286,835 (incorporated herein by reference) can' be used. Non-limiting examples of useful vinyl ether functional materials include tripropylene glycol divinyl ether, diethylene glycol divinyl ether, 1,4-butanediol divinyl ether, tetraethylene glycol divinyl ether, triethylene glycol divinyl ether, trimethylolpropane trivinyl ether, polytetrahydrofuran divinyl ether, vinyl ether terminated polyesters and mixtures of the foregoing. Also useful are unsaturated ester materials having vinyl ether functionality and urethane vinyl ether materials, such as are disclosed in U.S.
Patent No. 5,942,556 (incorporated herein by reference).
Other useful first materials comprising epoxy functional groups include epoxy functional monomers such as glycidyl methacrylate and~polymers having at least two epoxide or oxirane groups per molecule. These materials often are referred to as di- or polyepoxides. Generally, the epoxide equivalent weight of the epoxy-functional polymer can range from 128 to 2800, as measured by titration with perchloric acid and quaternary ammonium bromide using methyl violet as an indicator.
Suitable epoxy-functional polymers can be saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or acyclic, aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic or heterocyclic. The epoxy-functional polymers can have pendant or terminal hydroxyl groups, if desired. They can contain substituents such as halogen, hydroxyl, and ether groups. A useful class of these materials include polyepoxides obtained by reacting an epihalohydrin (such as epichlorohydrin or epibromohydrin) with a di- or polyhydric alcohol in the presence of an alkali. Suitable polyhydric alcohols include polyphenols such as resorcinol; catechol; hydroquinone; bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2,2-propane, i.e., bisphenol A; bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,1-isobutane; 4,4-dihydroxybenzophenone;
bis(4-hydroxyphenol)-1,1-ethane; bis(2-hydroxyphenyl)-methane and 1,5-hydroxynaphthalene.
Examples of useful polyepoxides include diglycidyl ethers of bisphenol A, such as EPON~ 828 epoxy resin which is commercially available from Shell Chemical Company. Other useful polyepoxides include polyglycidyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols, polyglycidyl esters of polycarboxylic acids, polyepoxides that are derived from the epoxidation of an olefinically unsaturated alicyclic compound, polyepoxides containing oxyalkylene groups in the epoxy molecule, epoxy novolac resins, and polyepoxides that are partially defunctionalized by carboxylic acids, alcohol, water, phenols, mercaptans or other active hydrogen-containing compounds to give hydroxyl-containing polymers.
The first material, when added to other components that form the coating composition; is present in the coating composition in an amount ranging from 1 to 99 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition, from 25 to 95 weight percent or from 50 to weight percent.
As used herein "based on total weight of the resin solids" of the W
composition means that the amount of the component added during the formation of the composition is based upon the total weight of the solids (non-volatiles) of any film-forming component, any polysiloxane, any curing agent present during the formation of the coating composition, and any silyl-blocked material present, but not including the particles, any solvent, or any additive solids such as hindered amine stabilizers, photoinitiators, pigments including extender pigments and fillers, catalysts, flow modifiers, and UV light absorbers.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition in which the first material comprises at least one polysiloxane comprising reactive functional groups which can be curable by ionizing radiation or actinic radiation. In another embodiment, the polysiloxane can comprise at least one functional group which is curable by thermal energy and at least one functional group which is curable by ionizing or actinic radiation.
In one embodiment of the present invention, the at least one polysiloxane has at least one radiation curable functional group selected from vinyl groups, epoxy groups, maleimide groups, fumarate groups and combinations of the foregoing as are described above. The general structure of the polysiloxane will be discussed below in the discussion of the thermally curable second material.
The at least one polysiloxane having at least one radiation curable functional group can be present in the components from which the coating composition is formed in an amount ranging from 0.5 to 95 weight percent on a basis of total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition, from 25 to 95 weight percent or from 50 to 95 weight percent. The amount of the -12- _ first material may range between any combination of these values inclusive of the recited values.
The components from which the coating composition is formed can comprise, in~ addition to the first material, at least one other ethylenically unsaturated monomer or oligomer as desired, including but not limited to vinyl monomers such as vinyl acetate, styrene, vinyl toluene, divinyl benzene, methyl vinyl ether, ethyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether and mixtures thereof. The at least one other ethylenically unsaturated monomer or oligomer can be present in the components from which the coating composition is formed in an amount ranging from 1 to 99 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition, can range from 25 to 95 weight percent or can range from 50 to 95 weight percent. The amount of the at least one other ethylenically unsaturated monomer or oligomer may range between any combination of these values inclusive of the recited values.
In another embodiment in which the coating is cured by actinic radiation or the combination of actinic radiation and thermal energy, the components from which the coating composition are formed further can comprise at least one photoinitiator or photosensitizer which provides free radicals or cations to initiate the polymerization process. Useful photoinitiators have an adsorption in the range of 150 to 2,000 nm. Non-limiting examples of useful photoinitiators include benzoin, benzophenone, hydroxy benzophenone, anthraquinone, thioxanthone, substituted benzoins such as butyl isomers of benzoin ethers, a,a-diethoxyacetophenone, a,a-dimethoxy-a-phenylacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl propan-1-one, 2,4,6-trimethyl benzoyl diphenyl phosphine oxide and mixtures of the foregoing. Non-limiting examples of suitable cationic photoinitiators include iodonium salts such as FC 509~ available from 3M, and sulfonium salts such as UVI-6991 and UVI-6974 available from Union Carbide.
The photoinitiator can be a 50:50 blend of 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl propan-one and 2,4,6-trirnethyl benzoyl diphenyl phosphine oxide such as DAROCURE
4265, which is commercially available from Ciba-Geigy Corporation.
In one embodiment, the components from which the coating composition is formed comprise at least one second material comprising at least one thermally curable reactive functional group. Useful thermally curable reactive functional groups include hydroxyl groups, vinyl groups, urethane groups, urea groups, amide groups, carbamate groups, isocyanate groups, blocked isocyanate groups, epoxy groups, acid groups, amine groups, anhydride groups, and aziridine groups. In one embodiment, the at least one second material can have at least one reactive functional group selected from a hydroxyl group, a carbamate group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, and a carboxyl group. In another embodiment, the at least one second material can have at least one reactive functional group selected from a hydroxyl group and a carbamate group.
The second material can be a film-forming polymer selected from hydroxyl functional polymers, polyesters, acrylic polymers, polyurethanes, polyureas, polyamides, carbamate functional polymers, polyisocyanates different from curing agent (c), blocked polyisocyanates different from curing agent (c), polyepoxides different from curing agent (c), polyethers, polyacids different from curing agent (c), polyamines, polyanhydrides and copolymers and mixtures of the foregoing.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable hydroxyl group-containing polymers include acrylic polyols, polyester polyols, polyurethane polyols, polyether polyols, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. The hydroxyl group-containing polymer can be an acrylic polyol that can have a hydroxyl equivalent weight ranging from to 100 grams per solid equivalent. The term "equivalent weight" is a calculated value based on the relative amounts of the various ingredients used in making the specified material and is based on the solids of the specified material. The relative amounts are those that result in the theoretical weight in grams of the material like a polymer produced from the ingredients and give a theoretical number of the particular functional group that is present in the resulting polymer.
The theoretical polymer weight is divided by the theoretical number to give the equivalent weight. For example, hydroxyl equivalent weight is based on the equivalents of reactive pendant and/or terminal hydroxyl groups in the hydroxyl-containing polymer.
Suitable hydroxyl group and/or carboxyl group-containing acrylic polymers can be prepared from polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomers and can be copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid and/or hydroxylalkyl esters of (meth)acrylic acid with one or more other polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomers such as, for example alkyl esters of (meth)acrylic acid including methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate and 2-ethyl hexylacrylate, and vinyl aromatic compounds such as, for example styrene, alpha-methyl styrene, and vinyl toluene. As used herein, "(meth)acrylate" and like terms are intended to include both acrylates and methacrylates.
The acrylic polymer can be prepared from ethylenically unsaturated, beta-hydroxy ester functional monomers. Such monomers can be derived from the reaction of an ethylenically unsaturated acid functional monomer, such as monocarboxylic acids, for example acrylic acid, and an epoxy compound which does not participate in the free radical initiated polymerization with the unsaturated acid monomer. Nonlimiting examples of such epoxy compounds are glycidyl ethers and esters. Nonlimiting examples of suitable glycidyl ethers comprise glycidyl ethers of alcohols and phenols such as butyl glycidyl ether, octyl glycidyl ether, phenyl glycidyl ether, and the like. Nonlimiting examples of suitable glycidyl esters include those which are commercially available from Shell Chemical Company under the tradename CARDURA E and from Exxon Chemical Company under the tradename GLYDEXX-10. Alternatively, the beta-hydroxy ester functional monomers are prepared from an ethylenically unsaturated, epoxy functional monomer, for example glycidyl (meth)acrylate and allyl glycidyl ether, and a saturated carboxylic acid, such as a saturated monocarboxylic acid, for example isostearic acid.
Epoxy functional groups can be incorporated into the polymer prepared from polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomers by copolymerizing oxirane group-containing monomers, for example glycidyl (meth)acrylate and allyl glycidyl ether, with other polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomers such as those discussed above. Preparation of such epoxy functional acrylic polymers is described in detail in U.S. Patent No. 4,001,156 at columns 3 to 6, which columns are specifically incorporated herein by reference.
Carbamate functional groups can be incorporated into the polymer prepared from polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomers by copolymerizing, for example the above-described ethylenically unsaturated monomers with a carbamate functional vinyl monomer such as a carbamate functional alkyl ester of methacrylic acid. Useful carbamate functional alkyl esters can be prepared by reacting, for example a hydroxyalkyl carbamate (which can be the reaction product of ammonia and ethylene carbonate or propylene carbonate) with methacrylic anhydride.
Other useful carbamate functional vinyl monomers include, for instance, the reaction product of hydroxyethyl methacrylate, isophorone diisocyanate, and hydroxypropyl carbamate; or the reaction product of hydroxypropyl methacrylate, isophorone diisocyanate, and methanol. Still other carbamate functional vinyl monomers may be used, such as the reaction product of isocyanic acid (HNCO) with a hydroxyl functional acrylic or methacrylic monomer such as hydroxyethyl acrylate, and those monomers described in U.S. Patent No. 3,479,328, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Carbamate functional groups also can be incorporated into the acrylic polymer by reacting a hydroxyl functional acrylic polymer with a low molecular weight alkyl carbamate such as methyl carbamate. Pendant carbamate groups also can be incorporated into the acrylic polymer by a "transcarbamoylation"
reaction in which a hydroxyl functional acrylic polymer is reacted with a low molecular weight carbamate derived from an alcohol or a glycol ether. The carbamate groups can exchange with the hydroxyl groups to yield the carbamate functional acrylic polymer and the original alcohol or glycol ether. Also, hydroxyl functional acrylic polymers can be reacted with isocyanic acid to provide pendent carbamate groups:' Likewise, hydroxyl functional acrylic polymers can be reacted with urea to provide pendent carbamate groups.
The polymers prepared from polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomers can be prepared by solution polymerization techniques, which are well-known to those skilled in the art, in the presence of suitable catalysts such as organic peroxides or azo compounds, for example benzoyl peroxide or N,N-azobis(isobutylronitrile). The polymerization can be carried out in an organic solution in which the monomers are soluble by techniques conventional in the art.
Alternatively, these polymers can be prepared by aqueous emulsion or dispersion polymerization techniques which are well-known in the art. The ratio of reactants and reaction conditions are selected to result in an acrylic polymer with the desired pendent functionality.
Polyester polymers also are useful in the coating compositions of the invention as the additional polymer. Useful polyester polymers can comprise the condensation products of polyhydric alcohols and polycarboxylic acids.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyhydric alcohols include ethylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylol propane, and pentaerythritol. Nonlimiting examples of suitable polycarboxylic acids include adipic acid, 1,4-cyclohexyl dicarboxylic acid, and hexahydrophthalic acid. Besides the polycarboxylic acids mentioned above, functional equivalents of the acids such as anhydrides where they exist or lower alkyl esters of the acids such as the methyl esters can be used. Also, small amounts of monocarboxylic acids such as stearic acid can be used. The ratio of reactants and reaction conditions are selected to result in a polyester polymer with the desired pendent functionality, i.e., carboxyl or hydroxyl functionality.
For example hydroxyl group-containing polyesters can be prepared by reacting an anhydride of a dicarboxylic acid such as hexahydrophthalic anhydride with a diol such as neopentyl glycol in a 1:2 molar ratio. Where it is desired to enhance air-drying, suitable drying oil fatty acids may be used and can include those derived from linseed oil, soya bean oil, tall oil, dehydrated castor oil, or tung oil.
Carbamate functional polyesters can be prepared by first forming a hydroxyalkyl carbamate that can be reacted with the polyacids and polyols used in forming the polyester. Alternatively, terminal carbamate functional groups can be incorporated into the polyester by reacting isocyanic acid with a hydroxy functional polyester. Also, carbamate functionality can be incorporated into the polyester by reacting a hydroxyl polyester with a urea. Additionally, carbamate groups can be incorporated into the polyester by a transcarbamoylation reaction. Preparation of suitable carbamate functional group-containing polyesters are those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,593,733 at column 2, line 40 to column 4, line 9, which portion is incorporated herein by reference.
Polyurethane polymers containing terminal isocyanate (which can be blocked) or hydroxyl groups also can be used as the additional polymer in the coating compositions of the invention. The polyurethane polyo~s or NCO-terminated polyurethanes which can be used are those prepared by reacting polyols including polymeric polyols with polyisocyanates. Polyureas containing terminal isocyanate or primary and/or secondary amine groups which also can be used can be those prepared by reacting polyamines including, but not limited to, polymeric polyamines with polyisocyanates.
The hydroxyl/isocyanate or aminelisocyanate equivalent ratio can be adjusted and reaction conditions can be selected to obtain the desired terminal groups. Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyisocyanates include those described in U.S. Patent No. 4,046,729 at column 5, line 26 to column 6, line 28, which portion is incorporated herein by reference. Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyols include those described in U.S. Patent No. 4,046,729 at column 7, line to column 10, line 35, which portion is incorporated herein by reference.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyamines include those described in U.S.
Patent No. 4,046,729 at column 6, line 61 to column 7, line 32 and in U.S.
Patent No. 3,799,854 at column 3, lines 13 to 50, the indicated portions of both are incorporated herein by reference.
Carbamate functional groups can be introduced into the polyurethane polymers by reacting a polyisocyanate with a polyester having hydroxyl functionality and containing pendent carbamate groups. Alternatively, the polyurethane can be prepared by reacting a polyisocyanate with a polyester polyol and a hydroxyalkyl carbamate or isocyanic acid as separate reactants.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyisocyanates include aromatic isocyanates, (such as 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 1,3-phenylene diisocyanate, and toluene diisocyanate), and aliphatic polyisocyanates (such as 1,4-tetramethylene diisocyanate, and 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate). Cycloaliphatic diisocyanates, such as, for example 1,4-cyclohexyl diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate can be employed.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyether polyols include polyalkylene ether polyols such as those having the following structural formulas (VII) or (VIII):
(VII) H O CH OH
n R
or (VIII) n m R
wherein the substituent group R represents hydrogen or a lower alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms including mixed substituents, n has a value ranging from 2 to 6, and m has a value ranging from 8 to 100 or higher. Nonlimiting examples of polyalkyfene ether polyols include poly(oxytetramethylene) glycols, poly(oxytetraethylene) glycols, poly(oxy-1,2-propylene) glycols, and poly(oxy-1,2-butylene) glycols.
Also useful can be polyether polyols formed from oxyalkylation of various polyols, for example but not limited to, glycols such as ethylene glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, Bisphenol A, and the like, or other higher polyols such as trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, and the like. Polyols of higher functionality which can be utilized as indicated can be made, for instance, by oxyalkylation of compounds such as sucrose or sorbitol. One oxyalkylation method that can be used is reaction of a polyol with an alkylene oxide, including but not limited to, propylene or ethylene oxide, in the presence of an acidic or basic catalyst.
Specific, nonlimiting examples of polyethers include those sold under the names TERATHANE and TERACOL, available from E. I. duPont de Nemours and Co., Inc.
In one embodiment, the second material can comprise at least one polysiloxane having at least one thermally curable group. The at least one polysiloxane~ has at least one of the following structural units (I) (I) Rl~R2mSIO~4_~_m~/2 wherein each substituent group R1, which may be identical or different, represents a group selected from H, OH, a monovalent hydrocarbon group, and a monovalent siloxane group; each substituent group R2, which may be identical or different, represents a group comprising at least one reactive functional group.
It should be understood that the "at least one polysiloxane having at least one structural unit (I)" above is a polymer that contains at least two Si atoms per molecule. As used herein, the term "polymer" in meant to encompass ofigomer, and includes without limitation both homopolymers and copolymers. It should also be understood that the at least one polysiloxane can include linear, branched, dendritic or cyclic polysiloxanes.
Also, as used herein, the term "reactive" refers to a functional group that forms a covalent bond with another functional group under conditions sufficient to cure the composition.
Each of m and n depicted in the at least one structural unit (I) above fulfill the requirements of 0<n<4, 0<m<4 and 2_<(m+n)<4. When (m+n) is 3, the value represented by n can be 2 and the value represented bym is 1. Likewise, when (m+n) is 2, the value represented by each of n and m is 1.
As used herein, a "monovalent hydrocarbon group" means a monovalent group having a backbone repeat unit based exclusively on carbon. As used herein, "monovalent" refers to a substituent group that, as a substituent group, forms only one single, covalent bond. For example a monovalent group on the at least one polysiloxane will form one single covalent bond to a silicon atom in the backbone of the at least one polysiloxane polymer. As used herein, "hydrocarbon groups" are intended to encompass both branched or unbranched hydrocarbon groups.
Thus, when referring to a "monovalent hydrocarbon group," the hydrocarbon group can be branched or unbranched, acyclic or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated, or aromatic, and can contain from 1 to 24 (or in the case of an aromatic group from 3 to 24) carbon atoms. Nonlimiting examples of such hydrocarbon groups include alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, alkaryl, and alkoxyaryl groups.
Nonlimiting examples of lower alkyl groups include, for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl groups. As used herein, "lower alkyl" refers to alkyl groups having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. One or more of the hydrogen atoms of the hydrocarbon can be substituted with heteroatoms. As used herein, "heteroatoms"
means elements other than carbon, for example oxygen, nitrogen, and halogen atoms.
As used herein, "siloxane" means a group comprising a backbone comprising two or more -Si0- groups. For example, the siloxane groups represented by R', which is discussed above, and R, which is discussed below, can be branched or unbranched, and linear or cyclic. The siloxane groups can be substituted with pendant organic substituent groups, for example alkyl, aryl, and alkaryl groups. The organic substituent groups can be substituted with heteroatoms, for example oxygen, nitrogen, and halogen atoms, reactive functional groups, for example those reactive functional groups discussed above with reference to R2, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
In another embodiment, each substituent group R2, which may be identical or different, represents a group comprising at least one reactive functional group selected from a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an isocyanate group, a blocked polyisocyanate group, a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, an amide group, a carbamate group, a urea group, a urethane group, a vinyl group, an unsaturated ester group such as an acrylate group and a methacrylate group, a maleimide group, a fumarate group, an onium salt group such as a sulfonium group and an ammonium group, an anhydride group, a hydroxy alkylamide group, and an epoxy group; wherein m and n fulfill the requirements of 0<n<4, 0<m<4 and 2<_(m+n)<4. ' In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition as previously described, wherein the at least one polysiloxane comprises at least two reactive functional groups. The at least one polysiloxane can have a reactive group equivalent weight ranging from 50 to1000 mg per gram of the at least one polysiloxane. In one embodiment, the at least one polysiloxane has a hydroxyl group equivalent weight ranging from 50 to 1000 mg KOH per gram of the at least one polysiloxane. In another embodiment, the at least one polysiloxane has a hydroxyl group equivalent weight ranging from 100 to 300 mg KOH per gram of the at least one polysiloxane, while in another embodiment, the hydroxyl group equivalent weight ranges from 100 to 500 mg KOH per gram. The hydroxyl equivalent weight of the at least one polysiloxane may range between any combination of these values inclusive of the recited values.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition as previously described, wherein at least one R2 group represents a group comprising at least one reactive functional group selected from a hydroxyl group and a carbamate group. In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition as previously described, wherein at least one R2 group represents a group comprising at least two reactive functional groups selected from a hydroxyl group and a carbamate group. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition as previously described, wherein at least one R2 group represents a group comprising an oxyalkylene group and at least two hydroxyl groups.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a cured composition as previously described, wherein the at least one polysiloxane has the following structure (II) or (III):
(II) R R R R
I I I I
R-Si-O-(-Si-O-)"-(Si-O)m- Si-R
I I I I
R R Ra R
or (III) R R R R
I I I
R - Si - O - (-Si-O-)~~- (Si -O)n,~- Si - R
I I I I
Ra R Ra Ra wherein: m has a value of at least 1; m' ranges from 0 to 75; n ranges from 0 to 75; n' ranges from 0 to 75; each R, which may be identical or different, is selected from H, OH, a monovalent hydrocarbon group, a mon'ovalent siloxane group, and mixtures of any of the foregoing; and -Ra comprises the following structure (IV):
(IV) - R3-X
wherein -R3 is selected from an alkylene group, an oxyalkylene group, an alkylene aryl group, an alkenylene group, an oxyalkenylene group, and an alkenylene aryl group; and X represents a group which comprises at least one reactive functional group selected from a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an isocyanate group, a blocked polyisocyanate group, a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, an amide group, a carbamate group, a urea group, a urethane group, a vinyl group, an unsaturated ester group such as an acrylate group and a methacrylate group, a maleimide group, a fumarate group, an opium salt group such as a sulfonium group and an ammonium group, an anhydride group, a hydroxy alkylamide group, and an epoxy group.
As used herein, "alkylene" refers to an acyclic or cyclic, saturated hydrocarbon group having a carbon chain length of from C2 to C25. Nonlimiting examples of suitable alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from propenyl, 1-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 1-decenyl, and 1-heneicosenyl, such as, for example (CH2)3, (CH2)4, (CH2)5, (CH2)io, and (CH2)23, respectively, as well as isoprene and myrcene.
As used herein, "oxyalkylene" refers to an alkylene group containing at least one oxygen atom bonded to, and interposed between, two carbon atoms and having an alkylene carbon chain length of from C2 to C25. Nonlimiting examples of suitable oxyalkylene groups include those derived from trimethylolpropane monoallyl ether, trimethylolpropane diallyl ether, pentaerythritol monoallyl ether, polyethoxylated allyl alcohol, and polypropoxylated allyl alcohol, such as -(CH2)30CH2C(CH20H)2(CH2CH2-).
As used herein, "alkylene aryl" refers to an acyclic alkylene group substituted with at least one aryl group, for example, phenyl, and having an alkylene carbon chain length of C2 to C25. The aryl group can be further substituted, if desired. Nonlimiting examples of suitable substituent groups for the aryl group include, but are not limited to, hydroxyl groups, benzyl groups, carboxylic acid groups, and aliphatic hydrocarbon groups. Nonlimiting examples of suitable alkylene aryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from styrene and 3-isopropenyl-~,~-dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, such as -(CH2)2C6H4-and -CH2CH(CH3)C6H3(C(CH3)2(NCO). As used herein, "alkenylene" refers to an acyclic or cyclic hydrocarbon group having one or more double bonds and having an alkenylene carbon chain length of C2 to C25. Nonlimiting examples of suitable alkenylene groups include those derived from propargyl alcohol and acetylenic diols, for example, 2,4,7,9-fetramethyl-5-decyne-4,7-diol which is commercially available from Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. of Allentown, Pennsylvania as SURFYNOL 104.
Formulae (II) and (III) are diagrammatic, and are not intended to imply that the parenthetical portions are necessarily blocks, although blocks may be used where desired. In some cases the polysiloxane may comprise a variety of siloxane units. This is increasingly true as the number of siloxane units employed increases, and especially true when mixtures of a number of different siloxane units are used. In those instances where a plurality of siloxane units are used and it is desired to form blocks, oligomers can be formed which can be joined to form the block compound. By judicious choice of reactants, compounds having an alternating structure or blocks of alternating structure may be used.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition comprising the polysiloxane as previously described in which the substituent group R3 represents an oxyalkylene group. In another embodiment, R3 represents an oxyalkylene group, and X represents a group which comprises at least two reactive functional groups.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to any coating composition prepared from components as previously described comprising at least one polysiloxane having the structure (II) or (III) described above, wherein (n + m) ranges from 2 to 9. In yet another embodiment, the components can comprise at least one polysiloxane having the structure (II) or (III) described above, (n + m) ranges from 2 to 3. In another embodiment, the components can comprise at least one polysiloxane having the structure (11) or (I11) described above, (n' + m') ranges from 2 to 9. In another embodiment, the components can comprise at least one polysiloxane having the structure (II) or (III) described above, (n' + m') ranges from 2 to 3.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to any coating composition as previously described in which the components comprise at least one polysiloxane in which X represents a group comprising at least one reactive functional group selected from a hydroxyl group and a carbamate group. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to polysiloxane as a component as previously described wherein X represents a group which comprises at least two hydroxyl groups. In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to polysiloxane as a component as previously described wherein X represents a group which comprises at least one group selected from H, a monohydroxy-substituted organic group, and a group having the following structure (V):
(V) R4-(CH2-~H)P
I
wherein the substituent group R4 represents -CH2- C - R3 I
when p is 2 and the substituent group R3 represents a C1 to C4 alkylene group, or I
the substituent group R~ represents -CH2- C - when p is 3, I
wherein at least a portion of X represents a group having the structure (V).
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to any cured composition as previously described wherein m is 2 and p is 2 .
In an embodiment of the present invention, the at least one polysiloxane is nonreactive with the particles. In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to any coating composition as previously described, wherein the particles are different from the at least one polysiloxane. In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to any coating composition as previously described, wherein the particles have an average particle size less than 100 nanometers prior to incorporation into the cured composition. Methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art for measuring the average particle size are discussed in detail below.
fn one embodiment, the present invention is directed to any coating composition as previously described comprising at least one polysiloxane having the structure (II) or (III), wherein, if no curing agent is present, and if the at least one polysiioxane is a partial condensate of a silanol, then less than 70% by weight of the partial condensate is formed from CH3Si(OH)3. These components used in these various embodiments can be selected from the coating components discussed above, and additional components also can be selected from those recited above.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to any coating composition as previously described, wherein the components from which the composition is formed comprise at least one polysiloxane which is the reaction product of at least the following reactants: (i) at least one polysiloxane of the formula (VI):
(VI) R R R
I I I
R-Si-O-(-Si-O-)".-Si-R
I I
R R R
wherein each substituent group R, which may be identical or different, represents.a group selected from H, OH, a monovalent hydrocarbon group, a monovalent siloxane group, and mixtures of any of the foregoing; at least one of the groups represented by R is H, and n' ranges from 0 to 100, also can range from 0 to 10, and can further range from 0 to 5, such that the percent of SiH
content of the polysiloxane ranges from 2 to 50 percent, and can range from 5 to 25 percent; and (ii) at least one molecule which comprises at least one functional group selected from a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an isocyanate group, a blocked polyisocyanate group, a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, an amide group, a carbamate group, a urea group, a urethane~group, a vinyl group, an unsaturated ester group such as an acrylate group and a methacrylate group, a maleimide group, a fumarate group, an onium salt group such as a sulfonium group and an ammonium group, an anhydride group, a hydroxy alkylamide group, and an epoxy group and at least one unsaturated bond capable of undergoing a hydrosilylation reaction. In another embodiment, the at least one functional group is selected from hydroxyl groups.
It should be appreciated that the various R groups can be the same or different, and, in certain embodiments, the R groups will be entirely monovalent hydrocarbon groups or will be a mixture of different groups such as monovalent hydrocarbon groups and hydroxyl groups.
In another embodiment, this reaction product is ungelled. As used herein, "ungelled" refers to a reaction product that is substantially free of crossiinking and has an intrinsic viscosity when dissolved in a suitable solvent, as determined, for example in accordance with ASTM-D1795 or ASTM-D4243. The intrinsic viscosity of the reaction product is an indication of its molecular weight. A
gelled reaction product, on the other hand, since it is of an extremely high molecular weight, will have an intrinsic viscosity too high to measure. As used herein, a reaction product that is "substantially free of crosslinking" refers to a reaction product that has a weight average molecular weight (Mw), as determined by gel permeation chromatography, of less than 1,000,000.
It also should be noted that the level of unsaturation contained in reactant (ii) above, can be selected to obtain an ungelled reaction product. In other words, when a polysiloxane containing silicon hydride (i) having a higher average value of Si-H functionality is used, reactant (ii) can have a lower level of unsaturation. For example the polysiloxane containing silicon hydride (i) can be a low molecular weight material where n' ranges from 0 to 5 and the average value of Si-H
functionality is two or less. In this case, reactant (ii) can contain two or more unsaturated bonds capable of undergoing hydrosilylation reaction without the occurrence of gelation.
Nonlimiting examples of polysiloxanes containing silicon hydride (i) include 1,1,3,3-tetramethyl disiloxane where n' is 0 and the average Sr-H
functionality is two; and polymethyl polysiloxane containing silicon hydride, where n' ranges from 4 to 5 and the average Si-H functionality is approximately two, such as is commercially available from BASF Corporation as MASILWAX BASE~.
Materials for use as reactant (ii) above can include hydroxyl functional group-containing allyl ethers such as those selected from trimethylolpropane monoallyl ether, pentaerythritof monoallyf ether, trimethylolpropane diallyl ether, polyoxyalkylene alcohols such as polyethoxylated alcohol, polypropoxylated alcohol, and polybutoxylated alcohol, undecylenic acid-epoxy adducts, allyl glycidyl ether-carboxylic acid adducts, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
Mixtures of hydroxyl functional polyallyl ethers with hydroxyl functional monoallyl ethers or allyl alcohols are suitable as well. In certain instances, reactant (ii) can contain at least one unsaturated bond in a terminal position. Reaction conditions and the ratio of reactants (i) and (ii) are selected so as to form the desired functional group.
The hydroxyl functional group-containing polysiloxane can be prepared by reacting a polysiloxane containing hydroxyl functional groups with an anhydride to form the half-ester acid group under reaction conditions that favor only the reaction of the anhydride and the hydroxyl functional groups, and avoid further esterification from occurring. Nonlimiting examples of suitable anhydrides include hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methyl hexahydrophthalic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, succinic anhydride, chlorendic anhydride, alkenyl succinic anhydride, and substituted alkenyl anhydrides such as octenyl succinic anhydride, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
The half-ester group-containing reaction product thus prepared can be further reacted with a monoepoxide to form a polysiloxane containing secondary hydroxyl group(s). Nonlimiting examples of suitable monoepoxides are phenyl glycidyl ether, n-butyl glycidyl ether, cresyl glycidyl ether, isopropyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl versatate, for example CARDURA E available from Shell Chemical Co., and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to coating compositions as previously described wherein the components from which the coating compositions are formed comprise at least one polysiloxane which is a carbamate functional group-containing polysiloxane which comprises the reaction product of at least the following reactants:
(i) at least one polysiloxane containing silicon hydride of structure (VI) above where R and n' are as~described above for that structure;
(ii) at least one hydroxyl functional group-containing material having one or more unsaturated bonds capable of undergoing hydrosilylation reaction as described above; and (iii) at least one low molecular weight carbamate functional material, comprising the reaction product of an alcohol or glycol ether and a urea.
Examples of such "low molecular weight carbamate functional material"
include, but are not limited to, alkyl carbamate and hexyl carbamates, and glycol ether carbamates described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,922,475 and 5,976,701, which are incorporated herein by reference.
The carbamate functional groups can be incorporated into the polysiloxane by reacting the hydroxyl functional group-containing polysiloxane with the low molecular weight carbamate functional material via a "transcarbamoylation"
process. The low molecular weight carbamate functional material, which can be derived from an alcohol or glycol ether, can react with free hydroxyl groups of a polysiloxane polyol, that is, material having an average of two or more hydroxyl groups per molecule, yielding a carbamate functional polysiloxane and the original alcohol or glycol ether. Reaction conditions and the ratio of reactants (i), (ii) and (iii) are selected so as to form the desired groups.
_29_ The low molecular weight carbamate functional material can be prepared by reacting the alcohol or glycol ether with urea in the presence of a catalyst such as butyl stannoic acid. Nonlimiting examples of suitable alcohols include lower molecular weight aliphatic, cycloaliphatic and aromatic alcohols, for example methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, cyclohexanol, 2-ethylhexanol,l~and 3-methylbutanol. Nonlimiting examples of suitable glycol ethers include ethylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether. The incorporation of carbamate functional groups into the polysiloxane also can be achieved by reacting isocyanic acid with free hydroxyl groups of the polysiloxane.
As aforementioned, in addition to or in lieu of hydroxyl andlor carbamate functional groups, the at least one polysiloxane can contain one or more other reactive functional groups such as carboxyl groups, isocyanate groups, blocked isocyanate groups, carboxylate groups, primary and/or secondary amine groups, amide groups, urea groups, urethane groups, epoxy groups, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
When at least one polysiloxane contains carboxyl functional groups, the at least one polysiloxane can be prepared by reacting at least one polysiloxane containing hydroxyl functional groups as described above with a polycarboxylic acid or anhydride. Nonlimiting examples of polycarboxylic acids suitable for use include adipic acid, succinic acid, and dodecanedioic acid. Nonlimiting examples of suitable anhydrides include those described above. Reaction conditions and the ratio of reactants are selected.so as to form the desired functional groups.
In the case where at least one polysiloxane contains one or more isocyanate functional groups, the at least one polysiloxane can be prepared by reacting at least one polysiloxane containing hydroxyl functional groups as described above with a polyisocyanate, such as a diisocyanate. Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyisocyanates include aliphatic polyisocyanates, such as, for example aliphatic diisocyanates, for example 1,4-tetramethylene diisocyanate and 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate; cycloaliphatic polyisocyanates, for example 1,4-cyclohexyl diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, and a,a-xylylene diisocyanate; and aromatic polyisocyanates, for example 4,4'-diphenylmethane -30_ diisocyanate, 1,3-phenylene diisocyanate, and tolylene diisocyanate. These and other suitable polyisocyanates are described in more detail in U.S. Patent No.
4,046,729, at column 5, line 26 to column 6, line 28, incorporated herein by reference. Reaction conditions and the ratio of reactants are selected so as to form the desired functional groups.
The substituent group X in structure (IV) can comprise a polymeric urethane or urea-containing material which is terminated with isocyanate, hydroxyl, primary or secondary amine functional groups, or mixtures of any of the foregoing. When the substituent group X comprises such functional groups, the at least one polysiloxane can be the reaction product of at least one polysiloxane polyol as described above, one or more polyisocyanates and, optionally, one or more compounds having at least two active hydrogen atoms per molecule selected from hydroxyl groups, primary amine groups, and secondary amine groups.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyisocyanates are those described above. Nonlimiting examples of compounds having at least two active hydrogen atoms per molecule include polyols and polyamines containing primary and/or secondary amine groups.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyols include polyalkylene ether polyols, including thio ethers; polyester polyols, including polyhydroxy polyesteramides;
and hydroxyl-containing polycaprolactones and hydroxy=containing acrylic interpolymers. Also useful are polyether polyols formed from the oxyalkylation of various polyols, for example glycols such as ethylene glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, Bisphenol A, and the like, or higher polyols such as trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol and the like. Polyester polyols also can be used. These and other suitable polyols are described in U.S. Patent No. 4,046,729 at column 7, line 52 to column 8, line 9; column 8, line 29 to column 9, line 66; and U.S. Patent No.
3,919,315 at column 2, line 64 to column 3, line 33, both incorporated herein by reference.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyamines include primary or secondary diamines or polyamines in which the groups attached to the nitrogen atoms can be saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic, aromatic-substituted-aliphatic, aliphatic-substituted-aromatic and heterocyclic. Exemplary suitable aliphatic and alicyclic diamines include 1,2-ethylene diamine, 1,2-porphylene diamine, 1,8-octane diamine, isophorone diamine, propane-2,2-cyclohexyl amine, and the like. Suitable aromatic diamines include phenylene diamines and the toluene diamines, for example o-phenylene diamine and p-tolylene diamine.
These and other suitable polyamines are described in detail in U.S. Patent No.
4,046,729 at column 6, line 61 to column 7, line 26, incorporated herein by reference.
fn one embodiment, the substituent group X of the structure (IV) can comprise a polymeric ester-containing group which is terminated with hydroxyl or carboxylic acid functional groups. When X is such a group, at least one polysiloxane can be the reaction product of one or more polysiloxane polyols as described above, one or more materials having at least one carboxylic acid functional group, and one or more organic polyols. Nonlimiting suitable examples of materials having at least one carboxylic acid functional group include carboxylic acid group-containing polymers well-known in the art, for example carboxylic acid group-containing acrylic polymers, polyester polymers, and polyurethane polymers, such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 4,681,811. Nonlimiting examples of suitable organic polyols include those described above.
To form the at least one polysiloxane containing epoxy groups, at least one pofysiloxane containing hydroxyl functional groups as described above can be further reacted with a polyepoxide. The polyepoxide can be an aliphatic or cycloaliphatic polyepoxide or mixtures of any of the foregoing. Nonlimiting examples of polyepoxides suitable for use include epoxy functional acrylic copolymers prepared from at least one ethylenically unsaturated monomer having at least one epoxy group, for example glycidyl (meth)acrylate and allyl glycidyl ether, and one or more ethylenically unsaturated monomers which have no epoxy functionality. The preparation of such epoxy functional acrylic copolymers is described in detail in U.S. Patent No. 4,681,811 at column 4, line 52 to column 5, line 50, incorporated herein by reference. Reaction conditions and the ratio of reactants are selected so as to form the desired functional groups.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition as previously described in which the at least one polysiloxane comprises reactive functional groups which are thermally curable functional groups. In an alternative embodiment, at least one of the reactive functional groups of the polysiloxane can be curable by ionizing radiation or actinic radiation.
In another alternative embodiment, the polysiloxane can comprise at least one functional group which is curable by thermal energy and at least one functional group which is curable by ionizing or actinic radiation. Suitable radiation curable groups are discussed in detail above.
The second material, when added to other components that form the coating composition, generally is present in the coating composition in an amount ranging from 0.5 to 98.5 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition. In an embodiment of the present invention, the second material is generally present, when added to the other components forming the coating composition, in an amount of at least 25 percent by weight. The second material can be present in an amount of at least percent by weight, and is typically present in an amount of at least 50 percent by weight based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition. Also the second material is generally present, when added to the other components in the coating composition, in an amount of less than 98.5 percent by weight. It can be present in an amount of less than 95 percent by weight, and is typically present in an amount of less than 90 percent by weight based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition. The amount of the second material present in the coating compositions may range between any combination of these values inclusive of the recited values.
In another embodiment, in lieu of or in addition to the first and second materials, one or more dual cure materials can be used to form the coating composition which comprise at least one functional group which is curable by thermal energy and at least one functional group which is curable by ionizing or actinic radiation. Examples of such materials are disclosed above and in EP
Application No. EP 940 422, which is incorporated herein by reference. When present, the dual cure material, when added to other components that form the coating composition, generally is present in the coating composition in an amount ranging from 0.5 to 99 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition, inclusive of the recited values.
In one embodiment, the components from which the coating composition is formed comprise at least one curing agent which is reactive with the thermally curable groups) of the second material. The at least one curing agent can be selected from aminoplast resins, polyisocyanates, blocked polyisocyanates, triazine derived isocyanates, polyepoxides, polyacids, polyols and mixtures of the foregoing.
In another embodiment in which the dual cure material is present, the components from which the coating composition is formed comprise at least one curing agent which is selected from polyisocyanates, blocked polyisocyanates, triazine derived isocyanates, polyepoxides, polyacids, polyols and mixtures of the foregoing.
In another embodiment, the curing agent is an aminoplast. Aminoplast resins, which comprise phenoplasts, as curing agents for hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, and carbamate functional group-containing materials are well known in the art. Suitable aminoplasts, such as, for example those discussed above, are known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Aminoplasts can be obtained from the condensation reaction of formaldehyde with an amine or amide. Nonlimiting examples of amines or amides include melamine, urea, or benzoguanamine.
Condensates with other amines or amides can be used; for example aldehyde condensates of glycoluril, which give a high melting crystalline product useful in powder coatings. While the aldehyde used is most often formaldehyde, other aldehydes such as acetaldehyde, crotonaldehyde, and benzaldehyde can be used.
The aminoplast contains imino and methylol groups and in certain instances at least a portion of the methylol groups are etherified with an alcohol to modify the cure response. Any monohydric alcohol can be employed for this purpose including methanol, ethanol, n-butyl alcohol, isobutanol, and hexanol.
Nonlimiting examples of aminoplasts include melamine-, urea-, or benzoguanamine-formaldehyde condensates, in certain instances monomeric and at least partially etherified with one or more alcohols containing from one to four carbon atoms. Nonlimiting examples of suitable aminoplast resins are commercially available, for example from Cytec Industries, Inc. under the trademark CYMEL~, and from Solutia, Inc. under the trademark RESIMENE~.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein the aminoplast curing agent, when added to the other components which form the coating composition, is generally present in an amount ranging from 0.5 weight percent to 65 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition.
Other curing agents suitable for use include, but are not limited to, polyisocyanate curing agents. As used herein, the term "polyisocyanate" is intended to include blocked (or capped) polyisocyanates as well as unblocked polyisocyanates. The polyisocyanate can be an aliphatic or an aromatic polyisocyanate, or a mixture of the foregoing two. Diisocyanates can be used, although higher polyisocyanates such as isocyanurates of diisocyanates are often used. Higher polyisocyanates also can be used in combination with diisocyanates. Isocyanate prepolymers, for example reaction products of polyisocyanates with polyols also can be used. Mixtures of polyisocyanate curing agents can be used.
If the polyisocyanate is blocked or capped, any suitable aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, or aromatic alkyl monoalcohol known to those skilled in the art can be used as a capping agent for the polyisocyanate. Other suitable capping agents include oximes and lactams. When used, the polyisocyanate curing agent is typically present, when added to the other components in the coating composition, in an amount ranging from 5 to 65 weight percent, can be present in an amount ranging from 10 to 45 weight percent, and often are present in an amount ranging from 15 to 40 percent by weight based on the total weight of the resin solids of the components~which form the coating composition.
Other useful curing agents comprise triazine derived isocyanates such as, for example the tricarbamoyl triazine compounds described in detail in U.S.
Patent No. 5,084,541, which is incorporated by reference herein. When used, the triazine derived isocyanates can be present, when added to the other components in the coating composition, in an amount ranging up to 20 weight percent, and can be present in an amount ranging from 1 to 20 weight percent, based on the total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition.
Anhydrides as curing agents for hydroxyl functional group-containing materials also are well known in the art and can be used in the present invention.
Nonlimiting examples of anhydrides suitable for use as curing agents in the coating compositions of the invention include those having at least two carboxylic acid anhydride groups per molecule which are derived from a mixture of monomers comprising an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydride and at least one vinyl co-monomer, for example styrene, alpha-methyl styrene, vinyl toluene, and the like. Nonlimiting examples of suitable ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydrides include malefic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, and itaconic anhydride. Alternatively, the anhydride can be an anhydride adduct of a diene polymer such as maleinized polybutadiene or a maleinized copolymer of butadiene, for example a butadiene/styrene copolymer. These and other suitable anhydride curing agents are described in U.S. Patent No. 4,798,746 at column 10, lines 16-50; and in U.S. Patent No. 4,732,790 at column 3, lines 41-57, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Polyepoxides as curing agents fior carboxylic acid functional group-containing materials are well known in the art. Nonlimiting examples of polyepoxides suitable for use in the coating compositions of the present invention comprise polyglycidyl ethers of polyhydric phenols and of aliphatic alcohols, which can be prepared by etherification of the polyhydric phenol, or aliphatic alcohol with an epihalohydrin such as epichlorohydrin in the presence of alkali. These and other suitable polyepoxides are described in U.S. Patent No. 4,681,811 at column 5, lines 33 to 58, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Suitable curing agents for epoxy functional group-containing materials comprise polyacid curing agents, such as the acid group-containing acrylic polymers prepared from an ethylenically unsaturated monomer containing at least one carboxylic acid group and at least one ethylenically unsaturated monomer which is free from carboxylic acid groups. Such acid functional acrylic polymers can have an acid number ranging from 30 to 150. Acid functional group-containing polyesters can be used as well. The above-described polyacid curing agents are described in further detail in U.S. Patent No. 4,681,811 at column 6, line 45 to column 9, line 54, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Also well known in the art as curing agents for isocyanate functional group-containing materials are polyols, that is, materials having two or more hydroxyl groups per molecule. Nonlimiting examples of such materials suitable for use in the coating compositions of the invention include polyalkylene ether polyols, including thio ethers; polyester polyols, including polyhydroxy polyesteramides;
and hydroxyl-containing polycaprolactones and hydroxy-containing acrylic interpolymers. Also useful are polyether polyols formed from the oxyalkylation of various polyols, for example glycols such as ethylene glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, Bisphenol A and the like, or higher polyols such as trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, and the like. Polyester polyols also can be used. These and other suitable polyol curing agents are described in U.S. Patent No. 4,046,729 at column 7, line 52 to column 8, line 9; column 8, line 29 to column 9, line 66;
and U.S. Patent No. 3,919,315 at column 2, line 64 to column 3, line 33, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Polyamines also can be used as curing agents for isocyanate functional group-containing materials. Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyamine curing agents include primary or secondary diamines or polyamines in which the radicals attached to the nitrogen atoms can be saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic, aromatic-substituted-aliphatic, aliphatic-substituted -aromatic, and heterocyciic. Nonlimiting examples of suitable aliphatic and aficyciic diamines include 1,2-ethylene diamine, 1,2-porphylene diamine, 1,8-octane diamine, isophorone diamine, propane-2,2-cyclohexyl amine, and the like. Nonlimiting examples of suitable aromatic diamines include phenylene diamines and the toluene diamines, for example o-phenylene diamine and p-tolylene diamine.
These and other suitable polyamines described in detail in U.S. Patent No.
4,046,729 at column 6, line 61 to column 7, line 26, which is incorporated herein by reference.
When desired, appropriate mixtures of curing agents may be used. It should be mentioned that coating compositions can be formulated as a one-component coating composition where a curing agent such as an aminoplast resin and/or a triazine compound such as those described above is admixed with other coating composition components. The one-component coating composition can be storage stable as formulated. Alternatively, coating compositions can be formulated as a two-component coating composition where a polyisocyanate curing agent such as those described above can be added to a pre-formed admixture of the other coating composition components just prior to application.
The pre-formed admixture can comprise curing agents such as aminoplast resins and/or triazine compounds such as those described above.
Generally, the curing agent, when added to other components that form the coating composition, is present in the coating composition in an amount ranging from 0.5 to 65 weight percent, can be present in an amount ranging from 1 to weight percent, and also can be present in an amount ranging from 5 to 15 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition.
The components from which the coating composition is formed comprise a plurality of particles, wherein each component is different, that is, from the first and second material, dual cure materials (if present) and curing agents of the coating composition. The particles can be formed from materials selected from polymeric and nonpolymeric inorganic materials, polymeric and nonpolymeric organic materials, composite materials, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
As used herein, "formed from" denotes open, e.g., "comprising," claim language.
As such, it is intended that a composition "formed from" a list of recited components be a composition comprising at least these recited components, and can further comprise other, nonrecited components, during the composition's formation.
As used herein, the term "polymeric inorganic material" means a polymeric material having a backbone repeat unit based on an element or elements other than carbon. For more information see James Mark et al., Inorganic Pol mers, Prentice Hall Polymer Science and Engineering Series, (1992)~at page 5, which is specifically incorporated by reference herein. Moreover, as used herein, the term "polymeric organic materials" means synthetic polymeric materials, semisynthetic polymeric materials and natural polymeric materials, all of which have a backbone repeat unit based on carbon.
An "organic material," as used herein, means carbon containing compounds wherein the carbon is typically bonded to itself and to hydrogen, and often to other elements as well, and excludes binary compounds such as the carbon oxides, the carbides, carbon disulfide, etc.; such ternary compounds as the metallic cyanides, metallic carbonyls, phosgene, carbonyl sulfide, etc.;
and carbon-containing ionic compounds such as metallic carbonates, for example calcium carbonate and sodium carbonate. See R. Lewis, Sr., Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary, (12th Ed. 1993) at pages 761-762, and M.
Silberberg, Chemistry The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change (1996) at page 586, which are specifically incorporated by reference herein.
As used herein, the term "inorganic material" means any material that is not an organic material.
As used herein, the term "composite material" means a combination of two or more differing materials. The particles formed from composite materials generally have a hardness at their surface that is different from the hardness of the internal portions of the particle beneath its surface. More specifically, the surface of the particle can be modified in any manner well known in the art, including, but not limited to, chemically or physically changing its surface characteristics using techniques known in the art.
For example a particle can be formed from a primary material that is coated, clad or encapsulated with one or more secondary materials to form a composite particle that has a softer surface. In yet another alternative embodiment, particles formed from composite materials can be formed from a primary material that is coated, clad or encapsulated with a different form of the primary material. For more information on particles useful in the present invention, see G. Wypych, Handbook of_ Fillers, 2nd Ed. (1999) at pages 15-202, which are specifically incorporated by reference herein. ' The particles suitable for use in the coating compositions of the invention can comprise inorganic elements or compounds known in the art. Suitable particles can be formed from ceramic materials, metallic materials, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. Suitable ceramic materials comprise metal oxides, metal nitrides, metal carbides, metal sulfides, metal silicates, metal borides, metal carbonates, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. Specific, nonlimiting examples of metal nitrides are, for example boron nitride; specific, nonlimiting examples of metal oxides are, for example zinc oxide; nonlimiting examples of suitable metal sulfides are, for example molybdenum disulfide, tantalum disulfide, tungsten disulfide, and zinc sulfide; nonlimiting suitable examples of metal silicates are, for example aluminum silicates and magnesium silicates such as vermiculite.
The particles can comprise, for example a core of essentially a single inorganic oxide such as silica in colloidal, fumed, or amorphous form, alumina or colloidal alumina, titanium dioxide, cesium oxide, yttrium oxide, colloidal yttria, zirconia, e.g., colloidal or amorphous zirconia, and mixtures of any of the foregoing; or an inorganic oxide of one type upon which is deposited an organic oxide of another type. It should be understood that when the cured composition of the invention is employed as a transparent topcoat, for example as a clearcoat in a multi-component composite coating composition, particles should not seriously interfere with the optical properties of the cured composition. As used herein, "transparent" means that the cured coating has a BYK Haze index of less than as measured using a BYK/Haze Gloss instrument.
Nonpolymeric, inorganic materials useful in forming the particles of the present invention comprise inorganic materials selected from graphite, metals, oxides, carbides, nitrides, borides, sulfides, silicates, carbonates, sulfates, and hydroxides. ~A nonlimiting example of a useful inorganic oxide is zinc oxide.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable inorganic sulfides include molybdenum disulfide, tantalum disulfide, tungsten disulfide, and zinc sulfide. Nonlimiting examples of useful inorganic silicates include aluminum silicates and magnesium silicates, such as vermiculite. Nonlimiting examples of suitable metals include molybdenum, platinum, palladium, nickel, aluminum, copper, gold, iron, silver, alloys, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein the particles are selected from fumed silica, amorphous silica, colloidal silica, alumina, colloidal alumina, titanium dioxide, cesium oxide, yttrium oxide, colloidal yttria, zirconia, colloidal zirconia, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein the particles include colloidal silica. As disclosed above, these materials can be surface treated or untreated.
The coating composition can comprise precursors suitable for forming silica particles in situ by a sol-gel process. The coating composition according to the present invention can comprise alkoxy silanes which can be hydrolyzed to form silica particles in situ. For example tetraethylortho silicate can be hydrolyzed with an acid such as hydrochloric acid and condensed to form silica particles.
Other useful particles include surface-modified silicas such as are described in U.S.
Patent No. 5,853,809 at column 6, line 51 to column 8, line 43, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In one embodiment of the present invention, the particles have a hardness value greater than the hardness value of materials that can abrade a polymeric coating or a polymeric substrate. Examples of materials that can abrade the polymeric coating or polymeric substrate include, but are not limited to, dirt, sand, rocks, glass, carwash brushes, and the like. The hardness values of the particles and the materials that can abrade the polymeric coating or polymeric substrate can be determined by any conventional hardness measurement method, such as Vickers or Brinell hardness, but also can be determined according to the original Mohs' hardness scale which indicates the relative scratch resistance of the surface of a material on a scale of one to ten. The Mohs' hardness values of several nonlimiting examples of particles formed from inorganic materials suitable for use in the present invention are given in Table A below.
Table A
Particle material Mohs' hardness on final scale Boron nitride 2 Gra hite 0.5-1 Mol bdenum disulfide Talc 1-1.5 Mica 2.8-3.2 Kaolinite 2.0-2.56 G sum 1.6-2 Calcite calcium carbonate 3 Calcium fluoride zinc oxide 4.5 Aluminum 2.5 Co er 2.5-3 I ron 4-5 Gold 2.5-3 Nickel ~ 5 Palladium q.,g Platinum 4.3 Silver 2.5-4 Zinc sulfide 3.5-4 ' iC. Ludema, Friction. Wear. Lubrication, (1996) at page 27, which is hereby incorporated by reference.
2 R. Weast (Ed.), Handbook of Chemistr~r and Physics, CRC Press (1975) at page F-22.
3 R. Lewis, Sr., Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary, (12th Ed. 1993) at page 793, which is hereby incorporated by reference.
4 Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary, (12th Ed. 1993) at page 1113, which is hereby incorporated by reference.
Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary, (12th Ed. 1993) at page 784, which is hereby incorporated by reference.
s Handbook of Chemistry and Physics at page F-22.
' Handbook of Chemistry and Physics at page F-22.
Generally, a 1 mil (25 micrometer) thick wet film of a coating composition according to the present invention can be cured in the presence of oxygen through its thickness to a tack-free state upon exposure to from 0.5 to 5 megarads of ionizing radiation.
"Actinic radiation" is light with wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation ranging from the ultraviolet ("UV") light range, through the visible light range, and into the infrared range. Actinic radiation which can be used to cure coating compositions of the present invention generally has wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation ranging from 150 to 2,000 nanometers (nm), from 180 to 1,000 nm, or from 200 to 500 nm. In one embodiment, ultraviolet radiation having a wavelength ranging from 10 to 390 nm can be used. Examples of suitable ultraviolet light sources include mercury arcs, carbon arcs, low, medium or high pressure mercury lamps, swirl-flow plasma arcs and ultraviolet light emitting diodes. Suitable ultraviolet light-emitting lamps are medium pressure mercury vapor lamps having outputs ranging from 200 to 600 watts per inch (79 to 237 watts per centimeter) across the length of the lamp tube. Generally, a 1 mil (25 micrometer) thick wet film of a coating composition according to the present invention can be cured through its thickness to a tack-free state upon exposure to actinic radiation by passing the film at a rate of 20 to 1000 feet per minute (6 to 300 meters per minute) under four medium pressure mercury vapor lamps of exposure at 200 to 1000 millijoules per square centimeter of the wet film.
The at least one radiation curable reactive functional group can be selected from vinyl groups, vinyl ether groups, epoxy groups, maleimide groups, fumarate groups and combinations of the foregoing. Suitable first materials having vinyl functionality include those having unsaturated ester groups and vinyl ether groups as discussed below. A non-limiting example of suitable epoxy groups includes cycloaliphatic epoxy groups.
_g_ Suitable first materials comprising unsaturated ester groups include materials comprising acrylate groups, methacrylate groups and/or ethacrylate groups. The unsaturated ester group can be an acrylate group. Useful materials comprising unsaturated ester groups include esters and amides of acrylic or methacrylic acid or comonomers of such an ester with another copolymerizable monomer. Suitable esters include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl(meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, glycerol di(meth)acrylate, glycerol tri(meth)acrylate, 1,3-propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,2,4-butanetriol tri(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,4-benzenediol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, 1,5-pentanediol y 5 di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, 2,2-dimethyl-3-hydroxypropyl-2,2-dimethyl-3-hydroxypropionate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylates derived from aromatic glycidyl ethers such as bisphenol A diglycidyl ethers and aliphatic diglycidyl ethers, acrylic or methacrylic amides such as (meth)acrylamide, diacetone (meth)acrylamide, N-(betahydroxyethyl) (meth)acrylamide, N,N-bis(betahydroxyethyl) (meth)acrylamide, methylene bis(meth)acrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bis(meth)acrylamide, diethylenetriamine tris(meth)acrylamide, bis(gamma-(meth)acrylamidepropoxy) ethane, beta-(meth)acrylamide ethylacrylate and mixtures of the foregoing.
Other useful first materials comprising unsaturated (ester groups include hydroxy functional unsaturated polycarboxylates and polycaprolactones.
Suitable hydroxy functional unsaturated polycarboxylates can be formed from ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohols. Useful ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids have an acid functionality of at least two and/or their corresponding anhydrides. Non-limiting examples of ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids and anhydrides include malefic acid, malefic anhydride, fumaric _g_ acid, itaconic acid and mixtures of the foregoing. The unsaturated carboxylic acids can be blended with saturated carboxylic acids, such as phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, trimelliticacid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, tetrachlorophthalic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, malonic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, 2,2-dimethylsuccinic acid, 2,2-dimethylglutaric acid, 3,3-dimethylglutaric acid, anhydrides of the foregoing, where they exist, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
Useful polyhydric alcohols for preparing the hydroxy functional unsaturated polycarboxylate include diethylene glycol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, butylene glycol, glycerol, trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, sorbitol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,2-bis(hydroxyethyl)cyclohexane, 2,2-dimethyl-3-hydroxypropyl-2,2-dimethyl-3-hydroxypropionate, neopentyl glycol, 2-methyl-1,3-propane diol and mixtures of the foregoing. Monofunctional alcohols, such as C1-C15 monoalcohols, can be blended with the polyhydric alcohofs, as desired.
The number average molecular weight of the unsaturated ester material can range from 500 to 50,000 grams per mole, as measured using gel permeation chromatography using a polystyrene standard. The unsaturated ester material can be prepared by any method well known to those skilled in the art, such as by mixing the components and heating at temperatures rariging from 150°C
to 250°C
for 1 to 10 hours and removing water formed during the esterification reaction.
Conventional esterification catalysts, such as paratoluenesulfonic acid, butylstannoic acid, dibutyltin oxide, stannous fluoride and stannous octoate can be used to increase the rate of reaction.
Vinyl ether functional materials suitable for use in the present invention include vinyl ethers prepared from di-, tri- or tetrafunctional polyols, acetylene and a basic catalyst under pressure in a manner well know to those skilled in the art.
Also, vinyl terminated polyesters such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent No.
5,286,835 (incorporated herein by reference) can' be used. Non-limiting examples of useful vinyl ether functional materials include tripropylene glycol divinyl ether, diethylene glycol divinyl ether, 1,4-butanediol divinyl ether, tetraethylene glycol divinyl ether, triethylene glycol divinyl ether, trimethylolpropane trivinyl ether, polytetrahydrofuran divinyl ether, vinyl ether terminated polyesters and mixtures of the foregoing. Also useful are unsaturated ester materials having vinyl ether functionality and urethane vinyl ether materials, such as are disclosed in U.S.
Patent No. 5,942,556 (incorporated herein by reference).
Other useful first materials comprising epoxy functional groups include epoxy functional monomers such as glycidyl methacrylate and~polymers having at least two epoxide or oxirane groups per molecule. These materials often are referred to as di- or polyepoxides. Generally, the epoxide equivalent weight of the epoxy-functional polymer can range from 128 to 2800, as measured by titration with perchloric acid and quaternary ammonium bromide using methyl violet as an indicator.
Suitable epoxy-functional polymers can be saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or acyclic, aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic or heterocyclic. The epoxy-functional polymers can have pendant or terminal hydroxyl groups, if desired. They can contain substituents such as halogen, hydroxyl, and ether groups. A useful class of these materials include polyepoxides obtained by reacting an epihalohydrin (such as epichlorohydrin or epibromohydrin) with a di- or polyhydric alcohol in the presence of an alkali. Suitable polyhydric alcohols include polyphenols such as resorcinol; catechol; hydroquinone; bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2,2-propane, i.e., bisphenol A; bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,1-isobutane; 4,4-dihydroxybenzophenone;
bis(4-hydroxyphenol)-1,1-ethane; bis(2-hydroxyphenyl)-methane and 1,5-hydroxynaphthalene.
Examples of useful polyepoxides include diglycidyl ethers of bisphenol A, such as EPON~ 828 epoxy resin which is commercially available from Shell Chemical Company. Other useful polyepoxides include polyglycidyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols, polyglycidyl esters of polycarboxylic acids, polyepoxides that are derived from the epoxidation of an olefinically unsaturated alicyclic compound, polyepoxides containing oxyalkylene groups in the epoxy molecule, epoxy novolac resins, and polyepoxides that are partially defunctionalized by carboxylic acids, alcohol, water, phenols, mercaptans or other active hydrogen-containing compounds to give hydroxyl-containing polymers.
The first material, when added to other components that form the coating composition; is present in the coating composition in an amount ranging from 1 to 99 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition, from 25 to 95 weight percent or from 50 to weight percent.
As used herein "based on total weight of the resin solids" of the W
composition means that the amount of the component added during the formation of the composition is based upon the total weight of the solids (non-volatiles) of any film-forming component, any polysiloxane, any curing agent present during the formation of the coating composition, and any silyl-blocked material present, but not including the particles, any solvent, or any additive solids such as hindered amine stabilizers, photoinitiators, pigments including extender pigments and fillers, catalysts, flow modifiers, and UV light absorbers.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition in which the first material comprises at least one polysiloxane comprising reactive functional groups which can be curable by ionizing radiation or actinic radiation. In another embodiment, the polysiloxane can comprise at least one functional group which is curable by thermal energy and at least one functional group which is curable by ionizing or actinic radiation.
In one embodiment of the present invention, the at least one polysiloxane has at least one radiation curable functional group selected from vinyl groups, epoxy groups, maleimide groups, fumarate groups and combinations of the foregoing as are described above. The general structure of the polysiloxane will be discussed below in the discussion of the thermally curable second material.
The at least one polysiloxane having at least one radiation curable functional group can be present in the components from which the coating composition is formed in an amount ranging from 0.5 to 95 weight percent on a basis of total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition, from 25 to 95 weight percent or from 50 to 95 weight percent. The amount of the -12- _ first material may range between any combination of these values inclusive of the recited values.
The components from which the coating composition is formed can comprise, in~ addition to the first material, at least one other ethylenically unsaturated monomer or oligomer as desired, including but not limited to vinyl monomers such as vinyl acetate, styrene, vinyl toluene, divinyl benzene, methyl vinyl ether, ethyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether and mixtures thereof. The at least one other ethylenically unsaturated monomer or oligomer can be present in the components from which the coating composition is formed in an amount ranging from 1 to 99 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition, can range from 25 to 95 weight percent or can range from 50 to 95 weight percent. The amount of the at least one other ethylenically unsaturated monomer or oligomer may range between any combination of these values inclusive of the recited values.
In another embodiment in which the coating is cured by actinic radiation or the combination of actinic radiation and thermal energy, the components from which the coating composition are formed further can comprise at least one photoinitiator or photosensitizer which provides free radicals or cations to initiate the polymerization process. Useful photoinitiators have an adsorption in the range of 150 to 2,000 nm. Non-limiting examples of useful photoinitiators include benzoin, benzophenone, hydroxy benzophenone, anthraquinone, thioxanthone, substituted benzoins such as butyl isomers of benzoin ethers, a,a-diethoxyacetophenone, a,a-dimethoxy-a-phenylacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl propan-1-one, 2,4,6-trimethyl benzoyl diphenyl phosphine oxide and mixtures of the foregoing. Non-limiting examples of suitable cationic photoinitiators include iodonium salts such as FC 509~ available from 3M, and sulfonium salts such as UVI-6991 and UVI-6974 available from Union Carbide.
The photoinitiator can be a 50:50 blend of 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl propan-one and 2,4,6-trirnethyl benzoyl diphenyl phosphine oxide such as DAROCURE
4265, which is commercially available from Ciba-Geigy Corporation.
In one embodiment, the components from which the coating composition is formed comprise at least one second material comprising at least one thermally curable reactive functional group. Useful thermally curable reactive functional groups include hydroxyl groups, vinyl groups, urethane groups, urea groups, amide groups, carbamate groups, isocyanate groups, blocked isocyanate groups, epoxy groups, acid groups, amine groups, anhydride groups, and aziridine groups. In one embodiment, the at least one second material can have at least one reactive functional group selected from a hydroxyl group, a carbamate group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, and a carboxyl group. In another embodiment, the at least one second material can have at least one reactive functional group selected from a hydroxyl group and a carbamate group.
The second material can be a film-forming polymer selected from hydroxyl functional polymers, polyesters, acrylic polymers, polyurethanes, polyureas, polyamides, carbamate functional polymers, polyisocyanates different from curing agent (c), blocked polyisocyanates different from curing agent (c), polyepoxides different from curing agent (c), polyethers, polyacids different from curing agent (c), polyamines, polyanhydrides and copolymers and mixtures of the foregoing.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable hydroxyl group-containing polymers include acrylic polyols, polyester polyols, polyurethane polyols, polyether polyols, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. The hydroxyl group-containing polymer can be an acrylic polyol that can have a hydroxyl equivalent weight ranging from to 100 grams per solid equivalent. The term "equivalent weight" is a calculated value based on the relative amounts of the various ingredients used in making the specified material and is based on the solids of the specified material. The relative amounts are those that result in the theoretical weight in grams of the material like a polymer produced from the ingredients and give a theoretical number of the particular functional group that is present in the resulting polymer.
The theoretical polymer weight is divided by the theoretical number to give the equivalent weight. For example, hydroxyl equivalent weight is based on the equivalents of reactive pendant and/or terminal hydroxyl groups in the hydroxyl-containing polymer.
Suitable hydroxyl group and/or carboxyl group-containing acrylic polymers can be prepared from polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomers and can be copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid and/or hydroxylalkyl esters of (meth)acrylic acid with one or more other polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomers such as, for example alkyl esters of (meth)acrylic acid including methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate and 2-ethyl hexylacrylate, and vinyl aromatic compounds such as, for example styrene, alpha-methyl styrene, and vinyl toluene. As used herein, "(meth)acrylate" and like terms are intended to include both acrylates and methacrylates.
The acrylic polymer can be prepared from ethylenically unsaturated, beta-hydroxy ester functional monomers. Such monomers can be derived from the reaction of an ethylenically unsaturated acid functional monomer, such as monocarboxylic acids, for example acrylic acid, and an epoxy compound which does not participate in the free radical initiated polymerization with the unsaturated acid monomer. Nonlimiting examples of such epoxy compounds are glycidyl ethers and esters. Nonlimiting examples of suitable glycidyl ethers comprise glycidyl ethers of alcohols and phenols such as butyl glycidyl ether, octyl glycidyl ether, phenyl glycidyl ether, and the like. Nonlimiting examples of suitable glycidyl esters include those which are commercially available from Shell Chemical Company under the tradename CARDURA E and from Exxon Chemical Company under the tradename GLYDEXX-10. Alternatively, the beta-hydroxy ester functional monomers are prepared from an ethylenically unsaturated, epoxy functional monomer, for example glycidyl (meth)acrylate and allyl glycidyl ether, and a saturated carboxylic acid, such as a saturated monocarboxylic acid, for example isostearic acid.
Epoxy functional groups can be incorporated into the polymer prepared from polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomers by copolymerizing oxirane group-containing monomers, for example glycidyl (meth)acrylate and allyl glycidyl ether, with other polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomers such as those discussed above. Preparation of such epoxy functional acrylic polymers is described in detail in U.S. Patent No. 4,001,156 at columns 3 to 6, which columns are specifically incorporated herein by reference.
Carbamate functional groups can be incorporated into the polymer prepared from polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomers by copolymerizing, for example the above-described ethylenically unsaturated monomers with a carbamate functional vinyl monomer such as a carbamate functional alkyl ester of methacrylic acid. Useful carbamate functional alkyl esters can be prepared by reacting, for example a hydroxyalkyl carbamate (which can be the reaction product of ammonia and ethylene carbonate or propylene carbonate) with methacrylic anhydride.
Other useful carbamate functional vinyl monomers include, for instance, the reaction product of hydroxyethyl methacrylate, isophorone diisocyanate, and hydroxypropyl carbamate; or the reaction product of hydroxypropyl methacrylate, isophorone diisocyanate, and methanol. Still other carbamate functional vinyl monomers may be used, such as the reaction product of isocyanic acid (HNCO) with a hydroxyl functional acrylic or methacrylic monomer such as hydroxyethyl acrylate, and those monomers described in U.S. Patent No. 3,479,328, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Carbamate functional groups also can be incorporated into the acrylic polymer by reacting a hydroxyl functional acrylic polymer with a low molecular weight alkyl carbamate such as methyl carbamate. Pendant carbamate groups also can be incorporated into the acrylic polymer by a "transcarbamoylation"
reaction in which a hydroxyl functional acrylic polymer is reacted with a low molecular weight carbamate derived from an alcohol or a glycol ether. The carbamate groups can exchange with the hydroxyl groups to yield the carbamate functional acrylic polymer and the original alcohol or glycol ether. Also, hydroxyl functional acrylic polymers can be reacted with isocyanic acid to provide pendent carbamate groups:' Likewise, hydroxyl functional acrylic polymers can be reacted with urea to provide pendent carbamate groups.
The polymers prepared from polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomers can be prepared by solution polymerization techniques, which are well-known to those skilled in the art, in the presence of suitable catalysts such as organic peroxides or azo compounds, for example benzoyl peroxide or N,N-azobis(isobutylronitrile). The polymerization can be carried out in an organic solution in which the monomers are soluble by techniques conventional in the art.
Alternatively, these polymers can be prepared by aqueous emulsion or dispersion polymerization techniques which are well-known in the art. The ratio of reactants and reaction conditions are selected to result in an acrylic polymer with the desired pendent functionality.
Polyester polymers also are useful in the coating compositions of the invention as the additional polymer. Useful polyester polymers can comprise the condensation products of polyhydric alcohols and polycarboxylic acids.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyhydric alcohols include ethylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylol propane, and pentaerythritol. Nonlimiting examples of suitable polycarboxylic acids include adipic acid, 1,4-cyclohexyl dicarboxylic acid, and hexahydrophthalic acid. Besides the polycarboxylic acids mentioned above, functional equivalents of the acids such as anhydrides where they exist or lower alkyl esters of the acids such as the methyl esters can be used. Also, small amounts of monocarboxylic acids such as stearic acid can be used. The ratio of reactants and reaction conditions are selected to result in a polyester polymer with the desired pendent functionality, i.e., carboxyl or hydroxyl functionality.
For example hydroxyl group-containing polyesters can be prepared by reacting an anhydride of a dicarboxylic acid such as hexahydrophthalic anhydride with a diol such as neopentyl glycol in a 1:2 molar ratio. Where it is desired to enhance air-drying, suitable drying oil fatty acids may be used and can include those derived from linseed oil, soya bean oil, tall oil, dehydrated castor oil, or tung oil.
Carbamate functional polyesters can be prepared by first forming a hydroxyalkyl carbamate that can be reacted with the polyacids and polyols used in forming the polyester. Alternatively, terminal carbamate functional groups can be incorporated into the polyester by reacting isocyanic acid with a hydroxy functional polyester. Also, carbamate functionality can be incorporated into the polyester by reacting a hydroxyl polyester with a urea. Additionally, carbamate groups can be incorporated into the polyester by a transcarbamoylation reaction. Preparation of suitable carbamate functional group-containing polyesters are those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,593,733 at column 2, line 40 to column 4, line 9, which portion is incorporated herein by reference.
Polyurethane polymers containing terminal isocyanate (which can be blocked) or hydroxyl groups also can be used as the additional polymer in the coating compositions of the invention. The polyurethane polyo~s or NCO-terminated polyurethanes which can be used are those prepared by reacting polyols including polymeric polyols with polyisocyanates. Polyureas containing terminal isocyanate or primary and/or secondary amine groups which also can be used can be those prepared by reacting polyamines including, but not limited to, polymeric polyamines with polyisocyanates.
The hydroxyl/isocyanate or aminelisocyanate equivalent ratio can be adjusted and reaction conditions can be selected to obtain the desired terminal groups. Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyisocyanates include those described in U.S. Patent No. 4,046,729 at column 5, line 26 to column 6, line 28, which portion is incorporated herein by reference. Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyols include those described in U.S. Patent No. 4,046,729 at column 7, line to column 10, line 35, which portion is incorporated herein by reference.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyamines include those described in U.S.
Patent No. 4,046,729 at column 6, line 61 to column 7, line 32 and in U.S.
Patent No. 3,799,854 at column 3, lines 13 to 50, the indicated portions of both are incorporated herein by reference.
Carbamate functional groups can be introduced into the polyurethane polymers by reacting a polyisocyanate with a polyester having hydroxyl functionality and containing pendent carbamate groups. Alternatively, the polyurethane can be prepared by reacting a polyisocyanate with a polyester polyol and a hydroxyalkyl carbamate or isocyanic acid as separate reactants.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyisocyanates include aromatic isocyanates, (such as 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 1,3-phenylene diisocyanate, and toluene diisocyanate), and aliphatic polyisocyanates (such as 1,4-tetramethylene diisocyanate, and 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate). Cycloaliphatic diisocyanates, such as, for example 1,4-cyclohexyl diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate can be employed.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyether polyols include polyalkylene ether polyols such as those having the following structural formulas (VII) or (VIII):
(VII) H O CH OH
n R
or (VIII) n m R
wherein the substituent group R represents hydrogen or a lower alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms including mixed substituents, n has a value ranging from 2 to 6, and m has a value ranging from 8 to 100 or higher. Nonlimiting examples of polyalkyfene ether polyols include poly(oxytetramethylene) glycols, poly(oxytetraethylene) glycols, poly(oxy-1,2-propylene) glycols, and poly(oxy-1,2-butylene) glycols.
Also useful can be polyether polyols formed from oxyalkylation of various polyols, for example but not limited to, glycols such as ethylene glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, Bisphenol A, and the like, or other higher polyols such as trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, and the like. Polyols of higher functionality which can be utilized as indicated can be made, for instance, by oxyalkylation of compounds such as sucrose or sorbitol. One oxyalkylation method that can be used is reaction of a polyol with an alkylene oxide, including but not limited to, propylene or ethylene oxide, in the presence of an acidic or basic catalyst.
Specific, nonlimiting examples of polyethers include those sold under the names TERATHANE and TERACOL, available from E. I. duPont de Nemours and Co., Inc.
In one embodiment, the second material can comprise at least one polysiloxane having at least one thermally curable group. The at least one polysiloxane~ has at least one of the following structural units (I) (I) Rl~R2mSIO~4_~_m~/2 wherein each substituent group R1, which may be identical or different, represents a group selected from H, OH, a monovalent hydrocarbon group, and a monovalent siloxane group; each substituent group R2, which may be identical or different, represents a group comprising at least one reactive functional group.
It should be understood that the "at least one polysiloxane having at least one structural unit (I)" above is a polymer that contains at least two Si atoms per molecule. As used herein, the term "polymer" in meant to encompass ofigomer, and includes without limitation both homopolymers and copolymers. It should also be understood that the at least one polysiloxane can include linear, branched, dendritic or cyclic polysiloxanes.
Also, as used herein, the term "reactive" refers to a functional group that forms a covalent bond with another functional group under conditions sufficient to cure the composition.
Each of m and n depicted in the at least one structural unit (I) above fulfill the requirements of 0<n<4, 0<m<4 and 2_<(m+n)<4. When (m+n) is 3, the value represented by n can be 2 and the value represented bym is 1. Likewise, when (m+n) is 2, the value represented by each of n and m is 1.
As used herein, a "monovalent hydrocarbon group" means a monovalent group having a backbone repeat unit based exclusively on carbon. As used herein, "monovalent" refers to a substituent group that, as a substituent group, forms only one single, covalent bond. For example a monovalent group on the at least one polysiloxane will form one single covalent bond to a silicon atom in the backbone of the at least one polysiloxane polymer. As used herein, "hydrocarbon groups" are intended to encompass both branched or unbranched hydrocarbon groups.
Thus, when referring to a "monovalent hydrocarbon group," the hydrocarbon group can be branched or unbranched, acyclic or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated, or aromatic, and can contain from 1 to 24 (or in the case of an aromatic group from 3 to 24) carbon atoms. Nonlimiting examples of such hydrocarbon groups include alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, alkaryl, and alkoxyaryl groups.
Nonlimiting examples of lower alkyl groups include, for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl groups. As used herein, "lower alkyl" refers to alkyl groups having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. One or more of the hydrogen atoms of the hydrocarbon can be substituted with heteroatoms. As used herein, "heteroatoms"
means elements other than carbon, for example oxygen, nitrogen, and halogen atoms.
As used herein, "siloxane" means a group comprising a backbone comprising two or more -Si0- groups. For example, the siloxane groups represented by R', which is discussed above, and R, which is discussed below, can be branched or unbranched, and linear or cyclic. The siloxane groups can be substituted with pendant organic substituent groups, for example alkyl, aryl, and alkaryl groups. The organic substituent groups can be substituted with heteroatoms, for example oxygen, nitrogen, and halogen atoms, reactive functional groups, for example those reactive functional groups discussed above with reference to R2, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
In another embodiment, each substituent group R2, which may be identical or different, represents a group comprising at least one reactive functional group selected from a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an isocyanate group, a blocked polyisocyanate group, a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, an amide group, a carbamate group, a urea group, a urethane group, a vinyl group, an unsaturated ester group such as an acrylate group and a methacrylate group, a maleimide group, a fumarate group, an onium salt group such as a sulfonium group and an ammonium group, an anhydride group, a hydroxy alkylamide group, and an epoxy group; wherein m and n fulfill the requirements of 0<n<4, 0<m<4 and 2<_(m+n)<4. ' In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition as previously described, wherein the at least one polysiloxane comprises at least two reactive functional groups. The at least one polysiloxane can have a reactive group equivalent weight ranging from 50 to1000 mg per gram of the at least one polysiloxane. In one embodiment, the at least one polysiloxane has a hydroxyl group equivalent weight ranging from 50 to 1000 mg KOH per gram of the at least one polysiloxane. In another embodiment, the at least one polysiloxane has a hydroxyl group equivalent weight ranging from 100 to 300 mg KOH per gram of the at least one polysiloxane, while in another embodiment, the hydroxyl group equivalent weight ranges from 100 to 500 mg KOH per gram. The hydroxyl equivalent weight of the at least one polysiloxane may range between any combination of these values inclusive of the recited values.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition as previously described, wherein at least one R2 group represents a group comprising at least one reactive functional group selected from a hydroxyl group and a carbamate group. In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition as previously described, wherein at least one R2 group represents a group comprising at least two reactive functional groups selected from a hydroxyl group and a carbamate group. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition as previously described, wherein at least one R2 group represents a group comprising an oxyalkylene group and at least two hydroxyl groups.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a cured composition as previously described, wherein the at least one polysiloxane has the following structure (II) or (III):
(II) R R R R
I I I I
R-Si-O-(-Si-O-)"-(Si-O)m- Si-R
I I I I
R R Ra R
or (III) R R R R
I I I
R - Si - O - (-Si-O-)~~- (Si -O)n,~- Si - R
I I I I
Ra R Ra Ra wherein: m has a value of at least 1; m' ranges from 0 to 75; n ranges from 0 to 75; n' ranges from 0 to 75; each R, which may be identical or different, is selected from H, OH, a monovalent hydrocarbon group, a mon'ovalent siloxane group, and mixtures of any of the foregoing; and -Ra comprises the following structure (IV):
(IV) - R3-X
wherein -R3 is selected from an alkylene group, an oxyalkylene group, an alkylene aryl group, an alkenylene group, an oxyalkenylene group, and an alkenylene aryl group; and X represents a group which comprises at least one reactive functional group selected from a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an isocyanate group, a blocked polyisocyanate group, a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, an amide group, a carbamate group, a urea group, a urethane group, a vinyl group, an unsaturated ester group such as an acrylate group and a methacrylate group, a maleimide group, a fumarate group, an opium salt group such as a sulfonium group and an ammonium group, an anhydride group, a hydroxy alkylamide group, and an epoxy group.
As used herein, "alkylene" refers to an acyclic or cyclic, saturated hydrocarbon group having a carbon chain length of from C2 to C25. Nonlimiting examples of suitable alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from propenyl, 1-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 1-decenyl, and 1-heneicosenyl, such as, for example (CH2)3, (CH2)4, (CH2)5, (CH2)io, and (CH2)23, respectively, as well as isoprene and myrcene.
As used herein, "oxyalkylene" refers to an alkylene group containing at least one oxygen atom bonded to, and interposed between, two carbon atoms and having an alkylene carbon chain length of from C2 to C25. Nonlimiting examples of suitable oxyalkylene groups include those derived from trimethylolpropane monoallyl ether, trimethylolpropane diallyl ether, pentaerythritol monoallyl ether, polyethoxylated allyl alcohol, and polypropoxylated allyl alcohol, such as -(CH2)30CH2C(CH20H)2(CH2CH2-).
As used herein, "alkylene aryl" refers to an acyclic alkylene group substituted with at least one aryl group, for example, phenyl, and having an alkylene carbon chain length of C2 to C25. The aryl group can be further substituted, if desired. Nonlimiting examples of suitable substituent groups for the aryl group include, but are not limited to, hydroxyl groups, benzyl groups, carboxylic acid groups, and aliphatic hydrocarbon groups. Nonlimiting examples of suitable alkylene aryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from styrene and 3-isopropenyl-~,~-dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, such as -(CH2)2C6H4-and -CH2CH(CH3)C6H3(C(CH3)2(NCO). As used herein, "alkenylene" refers to an acyclic or cyclic hydrocarbon group having one or more double bonds and having an alkenylene carbon chain length of C2 to C25. Nonlimiting examples of suitable alkenylene groups include those derived from propargyl alcohol and acetylenic diols, for example, 2,4,7,9-fetramethyl-5-decyne-4,7-diol which is commercially available from Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. of Allentown, Pennsylvania as SURFYNOL 104.
Formulae (II) and (III) are diagrammatic, and are not intended to imply that the parenthetical portions are necessarily blocks, although blocks may be used where desired. In some cases the polysiloxane may comprise a variety of siloxane units. This is increasingly true as the number of siloxane units employed increases, and especially true when mixtures of a number of different siloxane units are used. In those instances where a plurality of siloxane units are used and it is desired to form blocks, oligomers can be formed which can be joined to form the block compound. By judicious choice of reactants, compounds having an alternating structure or blocks of alternating structure may be used.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition comprising the polysiloxane as previously described in which the substituent group R3 represents an oxyalkylene group. In another embodiment, R3 represents an oxyalkylene group, and X represents a group which comprises at least two reactive functional groups.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to any coating composition prepared from components as previously described comprising at least one polysiloxane having the structure (II) or (III) described above, wherein (n + m) ranges from 2 to 9. In yet another embodiment, the components can comprise at least one polysiloxane having the structure (II) or (III) described above, (n + m) ranges from 2 to 3. In another embodiment, the components can comprise at least one polysiloxane having the structure (11) or (I11) described above, (n' + m') ranges from 2 to 9. In another embodiment, the components can comprise at least one polysiloxane having the structure (II) or (III) described above, (n' + m') ranges from 2 to 3.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to any coating composition as previously described in which the components comprise at least one polysiloxane in which X represents a group comprising at least one reactive functional group selected from a hydroxyl group and a carbamate group. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to polysiloxane as a component as previously described wherein X represents a group which comprises at least two hydroxyl groups. In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to polysiloxane as a component as previously described wherein X represents a group which comprises at least one group selected from H, a monohydroxy-substituted organic group, and a group having the following structure (V):
(V) R4-(CH2-~H)P
I
wherein the substituent group R4 represents -CH2- C - R3 I
when p is 2 and the substituent group R3 represents a C1 to C4 alkylene group, or I
the substituent group R~ represents -CH2- C - when p is 3, I
wherein at least a portion of X represents a group having the structure (V).
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to any cured composition as previously described wherein m is 2 and p is 2 .
In an embodiment of the present invention, the at least one polysiloxane is nonreactive with the particles. In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to any coating composition as previously described, wherein the particles are different from the at least one polysiloxane. In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to any coating composition as previously described, wherein the particles have an average particle size less than 100 nanometers prior to incorporation into the cured composition. Methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art for measuring the average particle size are discussed in detail below.
fn one embodiment, the present invention is directed to any coating composition as previously described comprising at least one polysiloxane having the structure (II) or (III), wherein, if no curing agent is present, and if the at least one polysiioxane is a partial condensate of a silanol, then less than 70% by weight of the partial condensate is formed from CH3Si(OH)3. These components used in these various embodiments can be selected from the coating components discussed above, and additional components also can be selected from those recited above.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to any coating composition as previously described, wherein the components from which the composition is formed comprise at least one polysiloxane which is the reaction product of at least the following reactants: (i) at least one polysiloxane of the formula (VI):
(VI) R R R
I I I
R-Si-O-(-Si-O-)".-Si-R
I I
R R R
wherein each substituent group R, which may be identical or different, represents.a group selected from H, OH, a monovalent hydrocarbon group, a monovalent siloxane group, and mixtures of any of the foregoing; at least one of the groups represented by R is H, and n' ranges from 0 to 100, also can range from 0 to 10, and can further range from 0 to 5, such that the percent of SiH
content of the polysiloxane ranges from 2 to 50 percent, and can range from 5 to 25 percent; and (ii) at least one molecule which comprises at least one functional group selected from a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an isocyanate group, a blocked polyisocyanate group, a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, an amide group, a carbamate group, a urea group, a urethane~group, a vinyl group, an unsaturated ester group such as an acrylate group and a methacrylate group, a maleimide group, a fumarate group, an onium salt group such as a sulfonium group and an ammonium group, an anhydride group, a hydroxy alkylamide group, and an epoxy group and at least one unsaturated bond capable of undergoing a hydrosilylation reaction. In another embodiment, the at least one functional group is selected from hydroxyl groups.
It should be appreciated that the various R groups can be the same or different, and, in certain embodiments, the R groups will be entirely monovalent hydrocarbon groups or will be a mixture of different groups such as monovalent hydrocarbon groups and hydroxyl groups.
In another embodiment, this reaction product is ungelled. As used herein, "ungelled" refers to a reaction product that is substantially free of crossiinking and has an intrinsic viscosity when dissolved in a suitable solvent, as determined, for example in accordance with ASTM-D1795 or ASTM-D4243. The intrinsic viscosity of the reaction product is an indication of its molecular weight. A
gelled reaction product, on the other hand, since it is of an extremely high molecular weight, will have an intrinsic viscosity too high to measure. As used herein, a reaction product that is "substantially free of crosslinking" refers to a reaction product that has a weight average molecular weight (Mw), as determined by gel permeation chromatography, of less than 1,000,000.
It also should be noted that the level of unsaturation contained in reactant (ii) above, can be selected to obtain an ungelled reaction product. In other words, when a polysiloxane containing silicon hydride (i) having a higher average value of Si-H functionality is used, reactant (ii) can have a lower level of unsaturation. For example the polysiloxane containing silicon hydride (i) can be a low molecular weight material where n' ranges from 0 to 5 and the average value of Si-H
functionality is two or less. In this case, reactant (ii) can contain two or more unsaturated bonds capable of undergoing hydrosilylation reaction without the occurrence of gelation.
Nonlimiting examples of polysiloxanes containing silicon hydride (i) include 1,1,3,3-tetramethyl disiloxane where n' is 0 and the average Sr-H
functionality is two; and polymethyl polysiloxane containing silicon hydride, where n' ranges from 4 to 5 and the average Si-H functionality is approximately two, such as is commercially available from BASF Corporation as MASILWAX BASE~.
Materials for use as reactant (ii) above can include hydroxyl functional group-containing allyl ethers such as those selected from trimethylolpropane monoallyl ether, pentaerythritof monoallyf ether, trimethylolpropane diallyl ether, polyoxyalkylene alcohols such as polyethoxylated alcohol, polypropoxylated alcohol, and polybutoxylated alcohol, undecylenic acid-epoxy adducts, allyl glycidyl ether-carboxylic acid adducts, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
Mixtures of hydroxyl functional polyallyl ethers with hydroxyl functional monoallyl ethers or allyl alcohols are suitable as well. In certain instances, reactant (ii) can contain at least one unsaturated bond in a terminal position. Reaction conditions and the ratio of reactants (i) and (ii) are selected so as to form the desired functional group.
The hydroxyl functional group-containing polysiloxane can be prepared by reacting a polysiloxane containing hydroxyl functional groups with an anhydride to form the half-ester acid group under reaction conditions that favor only the reaction of the anhydride and the hydroxyl functional groups, and avoid further esterification from occurring. Nonlimiting examples of suitable anhydrides include hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methyl hexahydrophthalic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, succinic anhydride, chlorendic anhydride, alkenyl succinic anhydride, and substituted alkenyl anhydrides such as octenyl succinic anhydride, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
The half-ester group-containing reaction product thus prepared can be further reacted with a monoepoxide to form a polysiloxane containing secondary hydroxyl group(s). Nonlimiting examples of suitable monoepoxides are phenyl glycidyl ether, n-butyl glycidyl ether, cresyl glycidyl ether, isopropyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl versatate, for example CARDURA E available from Shell Chemical Co., and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to coating compositions as previously described wherein the components from which the coating compositions are formed comprise at least one polysiloxane which is a carbamate functional group-containing polysiloxane which comprises the reaction product of at least the following reactants:
(i) at least one polysiloxane containing silicon hydride of structure (VI) above where R and n' are as~described above for that structure;
(ii) at least one hydroxyl functional group-containing material having one or more unsaturated bonds capable of undergoing hydrosilylation reaction as described above; and (iii) at least one low molecular weight carbamate functional material, comprising the reaction product of an alcohol or glycol ether and a urea.
Examples of such "low molecular weight carbamate functional material"
include, but are not limited to, alkyl carbamate and hexyl carbamates, and glycol ether carbamates described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,922,475 and 5,976,701, which are incorporated herein by reference.
The carbamate functional groups can be incorporated into the polysiloxane by reacting the hydroxyl functional group-containing polysiloxane with the low molecular weight carbamate functional material via a "transcarbamoylation"
process. The low molecular weight carbamate functional material, which can be derived from an alcohol or glycol ether, can react with free hydroxyl groups of a polysiloxane polyol, that is, material having an average of two or more hydroxyl groups per molecule, yielding a carbamate functional polysiloxane and the original alcohol or glycol ether. Reaction conditions and the ratio of reactants (i), (ii) and (iii) are selected so as to form the desired groups.
_29_ The low molecular weight carbamate functional material can be prepared by reacting the alcohol or glycol ether with urea in the presence of a catalyst such as butyl stannoic acid. Nonlimiting examples of suitable alcohols include lower molecular weight aliphatic, cycloaliphatic and aromatic alcohols, for example methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, cyclohexanol, 2-ethylhexanol,l~and 3-methylbutanol. Nonlimiting examples of suitable glycol ethers include ethylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether. The incorporation of carbamate functional groups into the polysiloxane also can be achieved by reacting isocyanic acid with free hydroxyl groups of the polysiloxane.
As aforementioned, in addition to or in lieu of hydroxyl andlor carbamate functional groups, the at least one polysiloxane can contain one or more other reactive functional groups such as carboxyl groups, isocyanate groups, blocked isocyanate groups, carboxylate groups, primary and/or secondary amine groups, amide groups, urea groups, urethane groups, epoxy groups, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
When at least one polysiloxane contains carboxyl functional groups, the at least one polysiloxane can be prepared by reacting at least one polysiloxane containing hydroxyl functional groups as described above with a polycarboxylic acid or anhydride. Nonlimiting examples of polycarboxylic acids suitable for use include adipic acid, succinic acid, and dodecanedioic acid. Nonlimiting examples of suitable anhydrides include those described above. Reaction conditions and the ratio of reactants are selected.so as to form the desired functional groups.
In the case where at least one polysiloxane contains one or more isocyanate functional groups, the at least one polysiloxane can be prepared by reacting at least one polysiloxane containing hydroxyl functional groups as described above with a polyisocyanate, such as a diisocyanate. Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyisocyanates include aliphatic polyisocyanates, such as, for example aliphatic diisocyanates, for example 1,4-tetramethylene diisocyanate and 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate; cycloaliphatic polyisocyanates, for example 1,4-cyclohexyl diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, and a,a-xylylene diisocyanate; and aromatic polyisocyanates, for example 4,4'-diphenylmethane -30_ diisocyanate, 1,3-phenylene diisocyanate, and tolylene diisocyanate. These and other suitable polyisocyanates are described in more detail in U.S. Patent No.
4,046,729, at column 5, line 26 to column 6, line 28, incorporated herein by reference. Reaction conditions and the ratio of reactants are selected so as to form the desired functional groups.
The substituent group X in structure (IV) can comprise a polymeric urethane or urea-containing material which is terminated with isocyanate, hydroxyl, primary or secondary amine functional groups, or mixtures of any of the foregoing. When the substituent group X comprises such functional groups, the at least one polysiloxane can be the reaction product of at least one polysiloxane polyol as described above, one or more polyisocyanates and, optionally, one or more compounds having at least two active hydrogen atoms per molecule selected from hydroxyl groups, primary amine groups, and secondary amine groups.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyisocyanates are those described above. Nonlimiting examples of compounds having at least two active hydrogen atoms per molecule include polyols and polyamines containing primary and/or secondary amine groups.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyols include polyalkylene ether polyols, including thio ethers; polyester polyols, including polyhydroxy polyesteramides;
and hydroxyl-containing polycaprolactones and hydroxy=containing acrylic interpolymers. Also useful are polyether polyols formed from the oxyalkylation of various polyols, for example glycols such as ethylene glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, Bisphenol A, and the like, or higher polyols such as trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol and the like. Polyester polyols also can be used. These and other suitable polyols are described in U.S. Patent No. 4,046,729 at column 7, line 52 to column 8, line 9; column 8, line 29 to column 9, line 66; and U.S. Patent No.
3,919,315 at column 2, line 64 to column 3, line 33, both incorporated herein by reference.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyamines include primary or secondary diamines or polyamines in which the groups attached to the nitrogen atoms can be saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic, aromatic-substituted-aliphatic, aliphatic-substituted-aromatic and heterocyclic. Exemplary suitable aliphatic and alicyclic diamines include 1,2-ethylene diamine, 1,2-porphylene diamine, 1,8-octane diamine, isophorone diamine, propane-2,2-cyclohexyl amine, and the like. Suitable aromatic diamines include phenylene diamines and the toluene diamines, for example o-phenylene diamine and p-tolylene diamine.
These and other suitable polyamines are described in detail in U.S. Patent No.
4,046,729 at column 6, line 61 to column 7, line 26, incorporated herein by reference.
fn one embodiment, the substituent group X of the structure (IV) can comprise a polymeric ester-containing group which is terminated with hydroxyl or carboxylic acid functional groups. When X is such a group, at least one polysiloxane can be the reaction product of one or more polysiloxane polyols as described above, one or more materials having at least one carboxylic acid functional group, and one or more organic polyols. Nonlimiting suitable examples of materials having at least one carboxylic acid functional group include carboxylic acid group-containing polymers well-known in the art, for example carboxylic acid group-containing acrylic polymers, polyester polymers, and polyurethane polymers, such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 4,681,811. Nonlimiting examples of suitable organic polyols include those described above.
To form the at least one polysiloxane containing epoxy groups, at least one pofysiloxane containing hydroxyl functional groups as described above can be further reacted with a polyepoxide. The polyepoxide can be an aliphatic or cycloaliphatic polyepoxide or mixtures of any of the foregoing. Nonlimiting examples of polyepoxides suitable for use include epoxy functional acrylic copolymers prepared from at least one ethylenically unsaturated monomer having at least one epoxy group, for example glycidyl (meth)acrylate and allyl glycidyl ether, and one or more ethylenically unsaturated monomers which have no epoxy functionality. The preparation of such epoxy functional acrylic copolymers is described in detail in U.S. Patent No. 4,681,811 at column 4, line 52 to column 5, line 50, incorporated herein by reference. Reaction conditions and the ratio of reactants are selected so as to form the desired functional groups.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coating composition as previously described in which the at least one polysiloxane comprises reactive functional groups which are thermally curable functional groups. In an alternative embodiment, at least one of the reactive functional groups of the polysiloxane can be curable by ionizing radiation or actinic radiation.
In another alternative embodiment, the polysiloxane can comprise at least one functional group which is curable by thermal energy and at least one functional group which is curable by ionizing or actinic radiation. Suitable radiation curable groups are discussed in detail above.
The second material, when added to other components that form the coating composition, generally is present in the coating composition in an amount ranging from 0.5 to 98.5 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition. In an embodiment of the present invention, the second material is generally present, when added to the other components forming the coating composition, in an amount of at least 25 percent by weight. The second material can be present in an amount of at least percent by weight, and is typically present in an amount of at least 50 percent by weight based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition. Also the second material is generally present, when added to the other components in the coating composition, in an amount of less than 98.5 percent by weight. It can be present in an amount of less than 95 percent by weight, and is typically present in an amount of less than 90 percent by weight based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition. The amount of the second material present in the coating compositions may range between any combination of these values inclusive of the recited values.
In another embodiment, in lieu of or in addition to the first and second materials, one or more dual cure materials can be used to form the coating composition which comprise at least one functional group which is curable by thermal energy and at least one functional group which is curable by ionizing or actinic radiation. Examples of such materials are disclosed above and in EP
Application No. EP 940 422, which is incorporated herein by reference. When present, the dual cure material, when added to other components that form the coating composition, generally is present in the coating composition in an amount ranging from 0.5 to 99 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition, inclusive of the recited values.
In one embodiment, the components from which the coating composition is formed comprise at least one curing agent which is reactive with the thermally curable groups) of the second material. The at least one curing agent can be selected from aminoplast resins, polyisocyanates, blocked polyisocyanates, triazine derived isocyanates, polyepoxides, polyacids, polyols and mixtures of the foregoing.
In another embodiment in which the dual cure material is present, the components from which the coating composition is formed comprise at least one curing agent which is selected from polyisocyanates, blocked polyisocyanates, triazine derived isocyanates, polyepoxides, polyacids, polyols and mixtures of the foregoing.
In another embodiment, the curing agent is an aminoplast. Aminoplast resins, which comprise phenoplasts, as curing agents for hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, and carbamate functional group-containing materials are well known in the art. Suitable aminoplasts, such as, for example those discussed above, are known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Aminoplasts can be obtained from the condensation reaction of formaldehyde with an amine or amide. Nonlimiting examples of amines or amides include melamine, urea, or benzoguanamine.
Condensates with other amines or amides can be used; for example aldehyde condensates of glycoluril, which give a high melting crystalline product useful in powder coatings. While the aldehyde used is most often formaldehyde, other aldehydes such as acetaldehyde, crotonaldehyde, and benzaldehyde can be used.
The aminoplast contains imino and methylol groups and in certain instances at least a portion of the methylol groups are etherified with an alcohol to modify the cure response. Any monohydric alcohol can be employed for this purpose including methanol, ethanol, n-butyl alcohol, isobutanol, and hexanol.
Nonlimiting examples of aminoplasts include melamine-, urea-, or benzoguanamine-formaldehyde condensates, in certain instances monomeric and at least partially etherified with one or more alcohols containing from one to four carbon atoms. Nonlimiting examples of suitable aminoplast resins are commercially available, for example from Cytec Industries, Inc. under the trademark CYMEL~, and from Solutia, Inc. under the trademark RESIMENE~.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein the aminoplast curing agent, when added to the other components which form the coating composition, is generally present in an amount ranging from 0.5 weight percent to 65 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition.
Other curing agents suitable for use include, but are not limited to, polyisocyanate curing agents. As used herein, the term "polyisocyanate" is intended to include blocked (or capped) polyisocyanates as well as unblocked polyisocyanates. The polyisocyanate can be an aliphatic or an aromatic polyisocyanate, or a mixture of the foregoing two. Diisocyanates can be used, although higher polyisocyanates such as isocyanurates of diisocyanates are often used. Higher polyisocyanates also can be used in combination with diisocyanates. Isocyanate prepolymers, for example reaction products of polyisocyanates with polyols also can be used. Mixtures of polyisocyanate curing agents can be used.
If the polyisocyanate is blocked or capped, any suitable aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, or aromatic alkyl monoalcohol known to those skilled in the art can be used as a capping agent for the polyisocyanate. Other suitable capping agents include oximes and lactams. When used, the polyisocyanate curing agent is typically present, when added to the other components in the coating composition, in an amount ranging from 5 to 65 weight percent, can be present in an amount ranging from 10 to 45 weight percent, and often are present in an amount ranging from 15 to 40 percent by weight based on the total weight of the resin solids of the components~which form the coating composition.
Other useful curing agents comprise triazine derived isocyanates such as, for example the tricarbamoyl triazine compounds described in detail in U.S.
Patent No. 5,084,541, which is incorporated by reference herein. When used, the triazine derived isocyanates can be present, when added to the other components in the coating composition, in an amount ranging up to 20 weight percent, and can be present in an amount ranging from 1 to 20 weight percent, based on the total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition.
Anhydrides as curing agents for hydroxyl functional group-containing materials also are well known in the art and can be used in the present invention.
Nonlimiting examples of anhydrides suitable for use as curing agents in the coating compositions of the invention include those having at least two carboxylic acid anhydride groups per molecule which are derived from a mixture of monomers comprising an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydride and at least one vinyl co-monomer, for example styrene, alpha-methyl styrene, vinyl toluene, and the like. Nonlimiting examples of suitable ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydrides include malefic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, and itaconic anhydride. Alternatively, the anhydride can be an anhydride adduct of a diene polymer such as maleinized polybutadiene or a maleinized copolymer of butadiene, for example a butadiene/styrene copolymer. These and other suitable anhydride curing agents are described in U.S. Patent No. 4,798,746 at column 10, lines 16-50; and in U.S. Patent No. 4,732,790 at column 3, lines 41-57, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Polyepoxides as curing agents fior carboxylic acid functional group-containing materials are well known in the art. Nonlimiting examples of polyepoxides suitable for use in the coating compositions of the present invention comprise polyglycidyl ethers of polyhydric phenols and of aliphatic alcohols, which can be prepared by etherification of the polyhydric phenol, or aliphatic alcohol with an epihalohydrin such as epichlorohydrin in the presence of alkali. These and other suitable polyepoxides are described in U.S. Patent No. 4,681,811 at column 5, lines 33 to 58, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Suitable curing agents for epoxy functional group-containing materials comprise polyacid curing agents, such as the acid group-containing acrylic polymers prepared from an ethylenically unsaturated monomer containing at least one carboxylic acid group and at least one ethylenically unsaturated monomer which is free from carboxylic acid groups. Such acid functional acrylic polymers can have an acid number ranging from 30 to 150. Acid functional group-containing polyesters can be used as well. The above-described polyacid curing agents are described in further detail in U.S. Patent No. 4,681,811 at column 6, line 45 to column 9, line 54, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Also well known in the art as curing agents for isocyanate functional group-containing materials are polyols, that is, materials having two or more hydroxyl groups per molecule. Nonlimiting examples of such materials suitable for use in the coating compositions of the invention include polyalkylene ether polyols, including thio ethers; polyester polyols, including polyhydroxy polyesteramides;
and hydroxyl-containing polycaprolactones and hydroxy-containing acrylic interpolymers. Also useful are polyether polyols formed from the oxyalkylation of various polyols, for example glycols such as ethylene glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, Bisphenol A and the like, or higher polyols such as trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, and the like. Polyester polyols also can be used. These and other suitable polyol curing agents are described in U.S. Patent No. 4,046,729 at column 7, line 52 to column 8, line 9; column 8, line 29 to column 9, line 66;
and U.S. Patent No. 3,919,315 at column 2, line 64 to column 3, line 33, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Polyamines also can be used as curing agents for isocyanate functional group-containing materials. Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyamine curing agents include primary or secondary diamines or polyamines in which the radicals attached to the nitrogen atoms can be saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic, aromatic-substituted-aliphatic, aliphatic-substituted -aromatic, and heterocyciic. Nonlimiting examples of suitable aliphatic and aficyciic diamines include 1,2-ethylene diamine, 1,2-porphylene diamine, 1,8-octane diamine, isophorone diamine, propane-2,2-cyclohexyl amine, and the like. Nonlimiting examples of suitable aromatic diamines include phenylene diamines and the toluene diamines, for example o-phenylene diamine and p-tolylene diamine.
These and other suitable polyamines described in detail in U.S. Patent No.
4,046,729 at column 6, line 61 to column 7, line 26, which is incorporated herein by reference.
When desired, appropriate mixtures of curing agents may be used. It should be mentioned that coating compositions can be formulated as a one-component coating composition where a curing agent such as an aminoplast resin and/or a triazine compound such as those described above is admixed with other coating composition components. The one-component coating composition can be storage stable as formulated. Alternatively, coating compositions can be formulated as a two-component coating composition where a polyisocyanate curing agent such as those described above can be added to a pre-formed admixture of the other coating composition components just prior to application.
The pre-formed admixture can comprise curing agents such as aminoplast resins and/or triazine compounds such as those described above.
Generally, the curing agent, when added to other components that form the coating composition, is present in the coating composition in an amount ranging from 0.5 to 65 weight percent, can be present in an amount ranging from 1 to weight percent, and also can be present in an amount ranging from 5 to 15 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition.
The components from which the coating composition is formed comprise a plurality of particles, wherein each component is different, that is, from the first and second material, dual cure materials (if present) and curing agents of the coating composition. The particles can be formed from materials selected from polymeric and nonpolymeric inorganic materials, polymeric and nonpolymeric organic materials, composite materials, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
As used herein, "formed from" denotes open, e.g., "comprising," claim language.
As such, it is intended that a composition "formed from" a list of recited components be a composition comprising at least these recited components, and can further comprise other, nonrecited components, during the composition's formation.
As used herein, the term "polymeric inorganic material" means a polymeric material having a backbone repeat unit based on an element or elements other than carbon. For more information see James Mark et al., Inorganic Pol mers, Prentice Hall Polymer Science and Engineering Series, (1992)~at page 5, which is specifically incorporated by reference herein. Moreover, as used herein, the term "polymeric organic materials" means synthetic polymeric materials, semisynthetic polymeric materials and natural polymeric materials, all of which have a backbone repeat unit based on carbon.
An "organic material," as used herein, means carbon containing compounds wherein the carbon is typically bonded to itself and to hydrogen, and often to other elements as well, and excludes binary compounds such as the carbon oxides, the carbides, carbon disulfide, etc.; such ternary compounds as the metallic cyanides, metallic carbonyls, phosgene, carbonyl sulfide, etc.;
and carbon-containing ionic compounds such as metallic carbonates, for example calcium carbonate and sodium carbonate. See R. Lewis, Sr., Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary, (12th Ed. 1993) at pages 761-762, and M.
Silberberg, Chemistry The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change (1996) at page 586, which are specifically incorporated by reference herein.
As used herein, the term "inorganic material" means any material that is not an organic material.
As used herein, the term "composite material" means a combination of two or more differing materials. The particles formed from composite materials generally have a hardness at their surface that is different from the hardness of the internal portions of the particle beneath its surface. More specifically, the surface of the particle can be modified in any manner well known in the art, including, but not limited to, chemically or physically changing its surface characteristics using techniques known in the art.
For example a particle can be formed from a primary material that is coated, clad or encapsulated with one or more secondary materials to form a composite particle that has a softer surface. In yet another alternative embodiment, particles formed from composite materials can be formed from a primary material that is coated, clad or encapsulated with a different form of the primary material. For more information on particles useful in the present invention, see G. Wypych, Handbook of_ Fillers, 2nd Ed. (1999) at pages 15-202, which are specifically incorporated by reference herein. ' The particles suitable for use in the coating compositions of the invention can comprise inorganic elements or compounds known in the art. Suitable particles can be formed from ceramic materials, metallic materials, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. Suitable ceramic materials comprise metal oxides, metal nitrides, metal carbides, metal sulfides, metal silicates, metal borides, metal carbonates, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. Specific, nonlimiting examples of metal nitrides are, for example boron nitride; specific, nonlimiting examples of metal oxides are, for example zinc oxide; nonlimiting examples of suitable metal sulfides are, for example molybdenum disulfide, tantalum disulfide, tungsten disulfide, and zinc sulfide; nonlimiting suitable examples of metal silicates are, for example aluminum silicates and magnesium silicates such as vermiculite.
The particles can comprise, for example a core of essentially a single inorganic oxide such as silica in colloidal, fumed, or amorphous form, alumina or colloidal alumina, titanium dioxide, cesium oxide, yttrium oxide, colloidal yttria, zirconia, e.g., colloidal or amorphous zirconia, and mixtures of any of the foregoing; or an inorganic oxide of one type upon which is deposited an organic oxide of another type. It should be understood that when the cured composition of the invention is employed as a transparent topcoat, for example as a clearcoat in a multi-component composite coating composition, particles should not seriously interfere with the optical properties of the cured composition. As used herein, "transparent" means that the cured coating has a BYK Haze index of less than as measured using a BYK/Haze Gloss instrument.
Nonpolymeric, inorganic materials useful in forming the particles of the present invention comprise inorganic materials selected from graphite, metals, oxides, carbides, nitrides, borides, sulfides, silicates, carbonates, sulfates, and hydroxides. ~A nonlimiting example of a useful inorganic oxide is zinc oxide.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable inorganic sulfides include molybdenum disulfide, tantalum disulfide, tungsten disulfide, and zinc sulfide. Nonlimiting examples of useful inorganic silicates include aluminum silicates and magnesium silicates, such as vermiculite. Nonlimiting examples of suitable metals include molybdenum, platinum, palladium, nickel, aluminum, copper, gold, iron, silver, alloys, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein the particles are selected from fumed silica, amorphous silica, colloidal silica, alumina, colloidal alumina, titanium dioxide, cesium oxide, yttrium oxide, colloidal yttria, zirconia, colloidal zirconia, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein the particles include colloidal silica. As disclosed above, these materials can be surface treated or untreated.
The coating composition can comprise precursors suitable for forming silica particles in situ by a sol-gel process. The coating composition according to the present invention can comprise alkoxy silanes which can be hydrolyzed to form silica particles in situ. For example tetraethylortho silicate can be hydrolyzed with an acid such as hydrochloric acid and condensed to form silica particles.
Other useful particles include surface-modified silicas such as are described in U.S.
Patent No. 5,853,809 at column 6, line 51 to column 8, line 43, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In one embodiment of the present invention, the particles have a hardness value greater than the hardness value of materials that can abrade a polymeric coating or a polymeric substrate. Examples of materials that can abrade the polymeric coating or polymeric substrate include, but are not limited to, dirt, sand, rocks, glass, carwash brushes, and the like. The hardness values of the particles and the materials that can abrade the polymeric coating or polymeric substrate can be determined by any conventional hardness measurement method, such as Vickers or Brinell hardness, but also can be determined according to the original Mohs' hardness scale which indicates the relative scratch resistance of the surface of a material on a scale of one to ten. The Mohs' hardness values of several nonlimiting examples of particles formed from inorganic materials suitable for use in the present invention are given in Table A below.
Table A
Particle material Mohs' hardness on final scale Boron nitride 2 Gra hite 0.5-1 Mol bdenum disulfide Talc 1-1.5 Mica 2.8-3.2 Kaolinite 2.0-2.56 G sum 1.6-2 Calcite calcium carbonate 3 Calcium fluoride zinc oxide 4.5 Aluminum 2.5 Co er 2.5-3 I ron 4-5 Gold 2.5-3 Nickel ~ 5 Palladium q.,g Platinum 4.3 Silver 2.5-4 Zinc sulfide 3.5-4 ' iC. Ludema, Friction. Wear. Lubrication, (1996) at page 27, which is hereby incorporated by reference.
2 R. Weast (Ed.), Handbook of Chemistr~r and Physics, CRC Press (1975) at page F-22.
3 R. Lewis, Sr., Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary, (12th Ed. 1993) at page 793, which is hereby incorporated by reference.
4 Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary, (12th Ed. 1993) at page 1113, which is hereby incorporated by reference.
Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary, (12th Ed. 1993) at page 784, which is hereby incorporated by reference.
s Handbook of Chemistry and Physics at page F-22.
' Handbook of Chemistry and Physics at page F-22.
8 Friction. Wear Lubrication at page 27.
9 Friction Wear Lubrication at page 27.
' Friction. Wear. Lubrication at page 27.
" Friction. Wear. Lubrication at page 27.
'2 Handbook of Chemistry and Physics at page F-22.
'3 Handbook of Chemistry and Physics at page F-22.
'4 Handbook of Chemistry and Physics at page F-22.
's Handbook of Chemistry and Physics at page F-22.
's Handbook of Chemistry and Physics at page F-22.
"Handbook of Chemistry and Ph sics at page F-22.
'e Handbook of Chemistry and Physics at page F-22.
'9 R. Weast (Ed.), Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, CRC Press (71St Ed.
1990) at page 4-158.
In one embodiment, the Mohs' hardness value of the particles is greater than 5.
In certain embodiments, the Mohs' hardness value of the particles, such as silica, is greater than 6.
As mentioned above, the Mohs' hardness scale relates to the resistance of a material to scratching. The present invention therefore further contemplates particles that have a hardness at their surface that is different from the hardness of the internal portions of the particle beneath its surface. More specifically, and as discussed above, the surface of the particle can be modified in any manner well known in the art, including, but not limited to, chemically changing the particle's surface characteristics using techniques known in the art such that the surface hardness of the particle is greater the hardness of the materials that can abrade the polymeric coating or polymeric substrate while the hardness of the particle beneath the surface is less than the hardness of the materials that can abrade the polymeric coating or polymeric substrate.
As another alternative, a particle can be formed from a primary material that is coated, clad or encapsulated with one or more secondary materials to form a composite material that has a harder surface. Alternatively, a particle can be formed from a primary material that is coated, clad or encapsulated with a differing form of the primary material to form a composite material that has a harder surface.
In one example, and without limiting the present invention, an inorganic particle formed from an inorganic material such as silicon carbide or aluminum nitride can be provided with a silica, carbonate or nanoclay coating to form a useful composite particle. In another nonlimiting example, a silane coupling agent with alkyl side chains can interact with the surface of an inorganic particle formed from an inorganic oxide to provide a useful composite particle having a "softer"
surface. Other examples include cladding, encapsulating or coating particles formed from nonpolymeric or polymeric materials with differing nonpolymeric or polymeric materials. A specific nonlimiting example of such composite particles is DUALITET"', which is a synthetic polymeric particle coated with calcium carbonate that is commercially available from Pierce and Stevens Corporation of Buffalo, NY.
In one nonlimiting embodiment of the invention, the particles are formed from solid lubricant materials. As used herein, the term "solid lubricant"
means any solid used between two surfaces to provide protection from damage during relative movement and/or to reduce friction and wear. In one embodiment, the solid lubricants are inorganic solid lubricants. As used herein, "inorganic solid lubricant" means that the solid lubricants have a characteristic~crystalline habit which causes them to shear into thin, flat plates which readily slide over one another and thus produce an antifriction lubricating effect. See R. Lewis, Sr., Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary, (12th Ed. 1993) at page 712, which is specifically incorporated by reference herein. Friction is the resistance to sliding one solid over another. F. Clauss, Solid Lubricants and Self-Lubricating Solids (1972) at page 1, which is specifically incorporated by reference herein.
In one nonlimiting embodiment of the invention, the particles have a lamellar structure. Particles having a lamellar structure are composed of sheets or plates of atoms in hexagonal array, with strong bonding within the sheet and weak van der Waals bonding between sheets, providing low shear strength between sheets. A nonlimiting example of a lamellar structure is a hexagonal crystal structure. Inorganic solid particles having a lamellar fullerene (i.e., buckyball) structure also are useful in the present invention.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable materials having a lamellar structure that are useful in forming the particles of the present invention include boron nitride, graphite, metal dichalcogenides, mica, talc, gypsum, kaolinite, calcite, cadmium iodide, silver sulfide, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. Suitable metal dichalcogenides include molybdenum disulfide, molybdenum diselenide, tantalum disulfide, tantalum diselenide, tungsten disulfide, tungsten diselenide, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
The particles can be formed from nonpolymeric, organic materials.
Nonlimiting examples of nonpolymeric, organic materials useful in the present invention include, but are not limited to, stearates (such as zinc stearate and aluminum stearate), diamond, carbon black, and stearamide.
The particles can be formed from inorganic polymeric materials.
Nonlimiting examples of useful inorganic polymeric materials include polyphosphazenes, polysilanes, polysiloxane, polygeremanes, polymeric sulfur, polymeric selenium, silicones, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. A
specific, nonlimiting example of a particle formed from an inorganic polymeric material suitable for use in the present invention is TosPEARL2°, which is a particle formed firom cross-linked siloxanes and is commercially available from Toshiba Silicones Company, Ltd. of Japan.
The particles can be formed from synthetic, organic polymeric materials.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable organic polymeric materials include, but are not limited to, thermoset materials and thermoplastic materials. As used herein, a "thermoplastic" material is a material that softens when exposed to heat and returns to its original condition when cooled to room temperature. Nonlimiting examples of suitable thermoplastic materials include thermoplastic polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, and polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonates, polyolefins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and polyisobutene, acrylic polymers such as copolymers of styrene and an acrylic acid monomer, and polymers containing methacrylate, polyamides, thermoplastic polyurethanes, vinyl polymers, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable thermoset materials include thermoset polyesters, vinyl esters, epoxy materials, phenolics, aminoplasts, thermoset polyurethanes, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. A specific, nonlimiting example of a synthetic polymeric particle formed from an epoxy material is an epoxy microgel particle. As used herein, a "thermoset" material is a material that material solidifies or "sets" irreversibly when heated. A thermoset material has formed a crosslinked network. As used herein, a polymeric material is "crosslinked" if it at least partially forms a polymeric network. One skilled in the art 2° See R. J. Perry "Applications for Cross-Linked Siloxane Particles"
Chemtech. February 1999 at pages 39-44.' will understand that the presence and degree of crosslinking (crosslink density) can be determined by a variety of methods, such as dynamic mechanical thermal analysis (DMTA) using a TA Instruments DMA 2980 DMTA analyzer conducted under nitrogen such as is described above. This method determines the glass transition temperature and crosslink density of free films of coatings or polymers.
These physical properties of a cured material are related to the structure of the crosslinked network.
The particles also can be hollow particles formed from materials selected from polymeric and nonpolymeric inorganic materials, polymeric and nonpolymeric organic materials, composite materials, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable materials from which the hollow particles can be formed are described above. In one embodiment, the hollow particles are hollow glass spheres.
The particles according to the present invention that are applied to the polymeric substrate or polymeric coating, for example but not limited to, the electrodeposited coating, the primer coating, or the topcoat, can be present in a dispersion, suspension or emulsion in a carrier. Nonlimiting examples of suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, water, solvents, surfactants, or a mixture of any of the foregoing. Nonlimiting examples of suitable solvents include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, alcohols such as methanol or butanol, ketones such as methyl amyl ketone, aromatic hydrocarbons such as xylene, glycol ethers such as ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, esters, aliphatics, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
Prior to incorporation, one class of particles which can be used according to the present invention includes sols, such as an organosol, of the particles.
These sols can be of a wide variety of small-particle, colloidal silicas having an average particle size in ranges such as identified above.
The colloidal silicas can be surface modified during or after the particles are initially formed. These surface modified silicas may contain on their surface chemically bonded carbon-containing moieties, as well as such groups as anhydrous Si02 groups and SiOH groups, various ionic groups physically associated or chemically bonded within the surface of the silica, adsorbed organic groups, or combinations of any of the foregoing, depending on the characteristics of the particular silica desired. Such surface modified silicas are described in detail in U.S~. Patent No. 4,680,204, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Such materials can be prepared by a variety of techniques in 'various forms, nonlimiting examples comprise organosols and mixed sols. As used herein the term "mixed sots" is intended to include those dispersions of colloidal silica in which the dispersing medium comprises both an organic liquid~and water. Such small particle colloidal silicas are readily available, are essentially colorless and have refractive indices which permit their inclusion in compositions that, without additional pigments or components known in the art to color and/or decrease the transparency of such compositions, result in colorless, transparent coatings.
Suitable nonlimiting examples of particles include colloidal silicas, such as those commercially available from Nissan Chemical Company under the trademark ORGANOSILICASOLSTM such as ORGANOSILICASOLT"' MT-ST, and from Clariant Corporation as HIGHLINKTM; colloidal aluminas, such as those commercially available from Nalco Chemical under the trademark NALCO 8676~;
and colloidal zirconias, such as those commercially available from Nissan Chemical Company under the trademark HIT-32M~.
The particles can be incorporated into the compositions of the invention in the form of a stable dispersion. When the particles are in a colloidal form, the dispersions can be prepared by dispersing the particles in a carrier under agitation and solvent that is present can be removed under vacuum at ambient temperatures. In certain embodiments, the carrier can be other than a solvent, such as the surface active agents described in detail below, including, but not limited to a polysiloxane containing reactive functional groups, including, but not limited to, the at least one polysiloxane (a).
Alternatively, the dispersions can be prepared as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,522,958 or 4,526,910, which are incorporated by reference herein. The particles can be "cold-blended" with the at least one polysiloxane prior to incorporation into the inventive compositions. Alternatively, the particles can be post-added to an admixture of any remaining composition components (including, but not limited to, the at least one polysiloxane (a)) and dispersed therein using dispersing techniques well-known in the art.
When the particles are in other than colloidal form, for example but not limited to, agglomerate form, the dispersions can be prepared by dispersing the agglomerate in the carrier, for example but not limited to, the at least one polysiloxane (a), to stably disperse the particles therein. Dispersion techniques such as grinding, milling, microfluidizing, ultrasounding, or any~other pigment dispersing techniques well known in the art of coatings formulation can be used.
Alternatively, the particles can be dispersed by any other dispersion techniques known in the art. If desired, the particles in other than colloidal form can be post-added to an admixture of other composition components and dispersed therein using any dispersing techniques known in the art.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions which comprise a plurality of particles, wherein a first portion of the particles is present in a surface region of the cured composition in a concentration which is higher than a concentration of a second portion of particles which is present in a bulk region of the cured composition.
As used herein "surface region" of the cured composition means the region which is generally parallel to the exposed air-surface of the coated substrate and which has thickness generally extending perpendicularly from the surface of the cured coating to a depth ranging from at least 20 manometers to 150 manometers beneath the exposed surface. In certain embodiments, this thickness of the surface region ranges from at least 20 manometers to 100 manometers, and can range from at least 20 manometers to 50 manometers, inclusive of the recited values. As used herein, "bulk region" of the cured composition means the region which extends beneath the surface region and which is generally parallel to the surface of the coated substrate. The bulk region has a thickness extending from its interface with the surface region through the cured coating to the substrate or coating layer beneath the cured composition.
In embodiments of the present invention in which the particles have an average particle size greater than 50 nanometers, the thickness of the surface region generally extends perpendicularly from the surface of the cured coating to a depth equal to three times the average particle size of the particles, and this surface can extend to a depth equal to two times the average particle size of the particles.
The concentration of particles in the cured composition can be characterized in a variety of ways. For example the average number density of particles (i.e., the average number or population of particles per unit volume) dispersed in the surface region is greater than the average number density dispersed in the bulk region. Alternatively, the average volume fraction (i.e., volume occupied by particles / total volume) or average weight percent per unit volume, i.e., ((the weight of particles within a unit volume of cured coating) / (total weight of the unit volume of cured coating)) x 100% of the particles dispersed in the surface region is greater than the average volume fraction or average weight percent of particles dispersed within the bulk region.
The concentration of particles (as characterized above) present in the surface region of the cured coating can be determined, if desired, by a variety of surface analysis techniques well known in the art, such as Transmission Electron Microscopy ("TEM"), Surface Scanning Electron Microscopy ("X-SEM"), Atomic Force Microscopy ("AFM"), and X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy.
For example the concentration of particles present in the surface region of the cured coating may be determined by cross-sectional transmission electron microscopy techniques. A useful transmission electron microscopy method is described generally as follows. A coating composition is applied to a substrate and cured under conditions appropriate to the composition and substrate.
Samples of the cured coating are then removed or delaminated from the substrate and embedded in a cured epoxy resin using techniques as are well known in the art. The embedded samples then can be microtomed at room temperature using techniques well known in the art, such as by forming a block face. The sections can be cut using a 45° diamond knife edge mounted in a holder with a "boat cavity" to hold water. During the cutting process, sections float to the surface of the water in the boat cavity. Once a few cuts reach an interference color of bright to dark gold (i.e., approximately 100 to 150 nanometers thickness), individual samples typically are collected onto a formvar-carbon coated grid and dried at ambient temperature on a glass slide. The samples are then placed in a suitable transmission electron microscope, such as a Philips CM12 TEM, and examined at various magnifications, such as at 105,000 X magnification, for documentation of particle concentration at the surface region, via electron micrography. The concentration of particles in a surface region of a cured coating can be ascertained upon visual inspection of the electron micrograph.
It should be understood that the particles can be present in the surface region such that a portion of the particles at least partially protrudes above the cured coating surface, essentially unprotected by an organic coating layer.
Alternatively, the particles can be present in the surface region such that this organic coating layer lies between the particles and the exposed air-surface interface of the surface region.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein the particles have an average particle size less than 100 microns prior to incorporation into the coating composition, and can have an average particle size less than 50 microns prior to incorporation into the coating composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein the particles have an average particle size ranging from 1 to less than 1000 nanometers prior to incorporation into the coating composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein the particles have an average particle size ranging from 1 to 100 nanometers prior to incorporation into the coating composition.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein the particles have an average particle size ranging from 5 to 50 nanometers prior to incorporation into the composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein the particles have an average particle size ranging from 5 to 25 nanometers prior to incorporation into the composition. The particle size may range between any combination of these values inclusive of the recited values.
In an embodiment where the average particle size of the particles is greater than one micron, the average particle size can be measured according to known laser scattering techniques. For example the average particle size of such particles is measured using a Horiba Model LA 900 laser diffraction particle size instrument, which uses a helium-neon laser with a wave length of 633 nm to measure the size of the particles and assumes the particle has a spherical shape, i.e., the "particle size" refers to the smallest sphere that will completely enclose the particle.
In an embodiment of the present invention wherein the size of the particles is less than or equal to one micron, the average particle size can be determined by visually examining an electron micrograph of a transmission electron microscopy ("TEM") image, measuring the diameter of the particles in the image, and calculating the average particle size based on the magnification of the TEM
image. One .of ordinary skill in the art will understand how to prepare such a TEM
image, and a description of one such method is disclosed in the examples set forth below. In one nonlimiting embodiment of the present invention, a TEM
image with 105,000X magnification is produced, and a conversion factor is obtained by dividing the magnification by 1000. Upon visual inspection, the diameter of the particles is measured in millimeters, and the measurement is converted to nanometers using the conversion factor. The diameter of the particle refers to the smallest diameter sphere that will completely enclose the particle.
The shape (or morphology) of the particles can vary depending upon the specific embodiment of the present invention and its intended application. For example generally spherical morphologies (such as solid beads, microbeads, or hollow spheres), can be used, as well as particles that are cubic, platy, or acicular (elongated or fibrous). Additionally, the particles can have an internal structure that is hollow, porous or void free, or a combination of any of the foregoing, e.g., a hollow center with porous or solid walls. For more information on suitable particle characteristics see H. Katz et al. (Ed.), Handbook of Fillers and Plastics (1987) at pages 9-10, which are specifically incorporated by reference herein.
It will ~be recognized by one skilled in the art that mixtures of one or more particles having different average particle sizes can be incorporated into the compositions in accordance with the present invention to impart the desired properties and characteristics to the compositions. For example particles of varying particle sizes can be used in the compositions according to the present invention.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the particles, when added to the other components which form the composition, are present in the composition in an amount ranging from 0.01 to 75 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the particles, when added to the other components which form the composition, are present in the composition in an amount of at least 0.1 weight percent, can be present in the composition in an amount at least 0.5 weight percent, and also can be present in the composition in an amount greater than 5 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the composition.
In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein, the particles, when added to the other components which form the composition, are present in the composition in an amount less than 75 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which farm the composition. fn a further embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the particles, when added to the other components which form the composition, are present in the composition in an amount less than 50 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the composition.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the particles, when added to the other components which farm the composition, are present in the composition in an amount less than 20 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the particles, when added to the other components which form the composition, are present in the composition in an amount less than 10 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the composition. The amount of particles present may range between any combination of these values inclusive of the recited values.
Additionally, in another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions wherein at least one surface active agent can be present during the formation of the compositions as previously described. The at least one surface active agent can be selected from anionic, nonionic, and cationic surface active agents.
As used herein, by "surface active agent" is meant any material which tends to lower the solid surface tension or surface energy ofi the cured composition or coating. That is, the cured composition or coating formed from a composition comprising a surface active agent has a lower solid surface tension or surface energy than a cured coating formed from the analogous composition which does not contain the surface active agent.
For purposes of the present invention, solid surface tension can be measured according to the Owens-Wendt method using a Rame'-Hart Contact Angle Goniometer with distilled water and methylene iodide as reagents.
Generally, a 0.02 cc drop of one reagent is placed upon the cured coating surface and the contact angle and its complement are measured using a standard microscope equipped with the goniometer. The contact angle and its complement are measured for each of three drops. The process is then repeated using the other reagent. An average value is calculated for the six measurements for each of the reagents. The solid surface tension is then calculated using the Owens-Wendt equation:
f Y I (1 + COS ~ )}~2 = ~Y l d y s d)1/2 + ~Y l p'~ S P)1/2 where ~y ( is the surface tension of the liquid (methylene iodide = 50.8, distilled water = 72.8) and y d and Y P are the dispersion and polar components (methylene iodide yd = 49.5, y P = 1.3; distilled water y d = 21.8, y P =
51.0); the values for ~~ measured and the cos ~ determined. Two equations are then setup, one for methylene iodide and one for water. The only unknowns are y S d and y S P.
The two equations are then solved for the two unknowns. The two components combined represent the total solid surface tension.
The at least one surface active agent can be selected from amphiphilic, reactive functional group-containing polysiloxanes, amphiphilic fluoropolymers, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. With reference to water-soluble or water-dispersible amphiphilic materials, the term "amphiphilic" means a polymer having a generally hydrophilic polar end and a water-insoluble generally hydrophobic end. Nonlimiting examples of suitable functional group-containing polysiloxanes for use as surface active agents include those polysiloxanes described below.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable amphiphilic fluoropolymers include fluoroethylene-alkyl vinyl ether alternating copolymers (such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 4,345,057) available from Asahi Glass Company under the tradename LUMIFLON; fluorosurfactants, such as the fluoroaliphatic polymeric esters commercially available from 3M of St. Paul, Minnesota under the tradename FLUORAD; functionalized perfluorinated materials, such as 1 H,1 H-perfluoro-nonanol commercially available from FluoroCh~em USA; and perfluorinated (meth)actylate resins.
Nonlimiting examples of other surface active agents suitable for use in the cured composition or coating of the present invention can include anionic, nonionic and cationic surface active agents. Nonlimiting examples of suitable anionic surface active agents include sulfates or sulfonates. Specific nonlimiting examples include higher alkyl mononuclear aromatic sulfonates such as the higher alkyl benzene sulfonates containing from 10 to 16 carbon atoms in the alky group and a straight- or branched-chain, e.g., the sodium salts of decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl or hexadecyl benzene sulfonate and the higher alkyl toluene, xylene and phenol sulfonates; alkyl naphthalene sulfonate, _55_ _ and sodium dinonyl naphthalene sulfonate. Other nonlimiting examples of suitable anionic surface active agents include olefin sulfonates, including long chain alkenylene sulfonates, long chain hydroxyalkane sulfonates, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. Nonlimiting examples of other sulfate or sulfonate detergents are paraffin sulfonates such as the reaction products of alpha olefins and bisulfites (e.g., sodium bisulfite). Also comprised are sulfates of higher alcohols, such as sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium tallow alcohol sulfate, or sulfates of mono-or di-glycerides of tatty acids (e.g., stearic monoglyceride monosulfate), alkyl poly(ethoxy)ether sulfates including, but not limited to, the sulfates of the condensation products of ethylene oxide and lauryl alcohol (usually having 1-5 ethenoxy groups per molecule); lauryl or other higher alkyl glyceryl ether sulfonates; aromatic poly(ethenoxy)ether sulfates including, but not limited to, the sulfates of the condensation products of ethylene oxide and nonyl phenol (usually.
having 1-20 oxyethylene groups per molecule).
Further nonlimiting examples include salts of sulfated aliphatic alcohol, alkyl ether sulfate andlor alkyl aryl ethoxy sulfate available from Rhone-Poulenc - under the general tradename ABEX. Phosphate mono-or di-ester type anionic surface active agents also can be used. These anionic surface active agents are well known in the art and are commercially available under the general trademark GAFAC from GAF Corporation and under the general trademark TRITON from Rohm & Haas Company.
Nonlimiting examples of nonionic surface active agents suitable for use in the cured composition or coating of the present invention include those containing ether linkages and which are represented by the following general formula:
RO(R'O)~H; wherein the substituent group R represents a hydrocarbon group containing 6 to 60 carbon atoms, the substituent group R' represents an alkylene group containing 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and mixtures of any of the foregoing, and n is an integer ranging from 2 to 100.
Such nonionic surface active agents can be prepared by treating fatty alcohols or alkyl-substituted phenols with an excess of ethylene or propylene oxide. The alkyl carbon chain may contain from 14 to 40 carbon atoms and may _5g_ _ be derived from a long chain fatty alcohol such as oleyl alcohol or stearyl alcohol.
Nonionic polyoxyethylene surface active agents of the type represented by the formula above are commercially available under the general trade designation SURFYNOL from Air Products Chemicals, Inc.; PLURONIC or TETRONIC from BASF Corporation; TERGITOL from Union Carbide; and SURFONIC from Huntsman Corporation. Other nonlimiting examples of suitable nonionic surface active agents include block copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide based on a glycol such as ethylene glycol or propylene glycol including, but not limited to, those available from BASF Corporation under the general trade designation PLURONIC.
As indicated above, cationic surface active agents also can be used.
Nonlimiting examples of cationic surface active agents suitable for use in the cured compositions or coatings of the present invention include acid salts of alkyl amines such as ARMAC HT, an acetic acid salt of n-alkyl amine available from Akzo Nobel Chemicals; imidazoline derivatives such as CALGENE C-100 available from Calgene Chemicals Inc.; ethoxylated amines or amides such as DETHOX Amine C-5, a cocoamine ethoxylate available from Deforest Enterprises;
ethoxylated fatty amines such as ETHOX TAM available from Ethox Chemicals, Inc.; and glyceryl esters such as LEXEMUL AR, a glyceryl stearate/stearaidoethyl diethylamine available from Inolex Chemical Co.
Other examples of suitable surface active agents-can include polyacrylates.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyacrylates include homopolymers and copolymers of acrylate monomers, for example polybutylacrylate and copolymers derived from acrylate monomers (such as ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexylacrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate and isobutyl acrylate), and hydroxy ethyl(meth)acrylate and (meth)acrylic acid monomers. In one embodiment, the polyacrylate can have amino and hydroxy functionality. Suitable amino and hydroxyl functional acrylates are disclosed in Example 26 below and in U.S.
Patent No. 6,013,733, which is incorporated herein by reference. Another example of a useful amino and hydroxyl functional copolymer is a copolymer of hydroxy ethyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexylacrylate, isobutyl acrylate and dimethylamino ethylmethacrylate. In another embodiment, the polyacrylate can have acid functionality, which can be provided, for example, by including acid functional monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid in the components used to prepare the polyacrylate: In another embodiment, the polyacrylate can have acid functionality and hydroxyl functionality, which can be provided, for example, by including acid functional monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid and hydroxyl functional monomers such as hydroxy ethyl (meth)acrylate in the components used to prepare the polyacrylate.
In an alternative embodiment, the reactant can comprise at least one material which has at least one reactive functional group which is reversibly blocked with a silyl group. This silyl-blocked material is different from the first material, second material, dual cure material (if present) and curing agent of the composition. Hydrolysis of the silyl group regenerates the reactive functional group on the material which is available for further reaction with the curing agent.
Suitable silyl blocking groups can have the following structure (iX):
(IX) ---Si-R2 Rs wherein each R1, R2 and R3, which may be identical or different, represents an alkyl group having from 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or an allyl group.
Non-limiting examples of suitable functional groups which can be blocked by the silyl group comprise hydroxyl groups, carbamate groups, carboxyl groups, amide groups and mixtures thereof. In one embodiment, the functional groups are hydroxyl groups.
Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds which can be reacted with the functional group to form the silyl group comprise hexamethyldisilazane, trimethylchlorosilane, trimethylsilyldiethylamine, t-butyl dimethylsilyl chloride, diphenyl methyisilyl chloride, hexamethyl disilylazide, hexamethyl disiloxane, trimethylsilyl triflate, hexamethyldisilyl acetamide,'N,N'-bis[trimethylsilyl]-urea and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
Further examples of suitable compounds for silylation reactions, and suitable reaction conditions and reagents for trimethylsilylation reactions are discussed in T. Greene et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, (2d.
ed.
1991 ) at pages 68-86 and 261-263, which are incorporated herein by reference.
The backbone of the material can be a compound which comprises at least one linkage selected from an ester linkage, a urethane linkage, a urea linkage, an amide linkage, a siloxane linkage, and an ether linkage or a polymer such as a polyester, an acrylic polymer, a polyurethane, a polyether, a polyurea, a polyamide and copolymers of any of the foregoing.
Suitable compounds or polymers having ester groups and at least one reactive functional group include half-esters formed from reacting at least one polyol with at least one 1,2-anhydride. The half-esters are preferred because they are of relatively low molecular weight and are quite reactive with epoxy functionality.
The half-ester is obtained by reaction between a polyol and a 1,2-anhydride under conditions sufficient to ring open the anhydride forming the half-ester with substantially no polyesterification occurring. Such reaction products are of relativeiy low molecular weight with narrow molecular weight distributions and low viscosity. By "substantially no polyesterification occurring" means that the carboxyl groups formed by the reaction of the anhydride are not further esterified by the polyol in a recurring manner. By this is meant that less than 10, or less than 5 percent by weight of high molecular weight polyester is formed.
The 1,2-anhydride and polyol generally are mixed together and the reaction is conducted in the presence of an inert atmosphere such as nitrogen and a solvent such as a ketone or aromatic hydrocarbon to dissolve the solid ingredients and/or lower the viscosity of the reaction mixture.
For the desired ring opening reaction and half-ester formation, a 1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride is used. Reaction of a polyol with a carboxylic acid instead of an anhydride would require esterification by condensation and elimination water would have to be removed by distillation. Under these conditions, this would . promote undesired polyesterification. Also, the reaction temperature can be low, i.e., less than 135°C or from 70°C to 135°C. The time of reaction can vary somewhat depending upon the temperature of reaction, and generally ranges from 10 minutes to 24 hours.
The equivalent ratio of anhydride to hydroxyl on the polyol can be at least 0.8:1 (the anhydride being considered monofunctional) to obtain maximum conversion to the desired half-ester. Ratios less than 0.8:1 can be used but such ratios result in increased formation of lower functionality half-esters.
Useful anhydrides include aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, olefinic, cycloolefinic and aromatic anhydrides. Substituted aliphatic and aromatic anhydrides also are useful provided the substituents do not adversely affect the reactivity of the anhydride or the properties of the resultant polyester. Examples of substituents include chloro, alkyl and alkoxy. Examples of anhydrides include succinic anhydride, methylsuccinic anhydride, dodecenyl succinic anhydride, octadecenylsuccinic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, alkyl hexahydrophthalic anhydrides such as methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, tetrachlorophthalic anhydride, endomethylene tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, chlorendic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, citraconic anhydride and malefic anhydride.
Among the polyols which can be used are simple polyols, that is, those containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, as well as polymeric polyols such as polyester polyols, polyurethane polyols and acrylic polyols.
Among the simple polyols are diols, triols, tetrols and mixtures thereof.
Non-limiting examples'of the polyols include those containing from 2 to 10 carbon atoms such as aliphatic polyols. Specific examples include but are not limited to the following compositions: di-trimethylol propane (bis(2,2-dimethylol)dibutylether);
pentaerythritol; 1,2,3,4-butanetetrol; sorbitol; trimethylolpropane;
trimethylolethane; 1,2,6-hexanetriol; glycerine; trishydroxyethyl isocyanurate;
dimethylol propionic acid; 1,2,4-butanetriol; TMPlepsilon-caprolactone triols;
ethylene glycol; 1,2-propanediol; 1,3-propanediol; 1,4-butanediol; 1,5-pentanediol;
1,6-hexanediol; 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, neopentyl glycol; diethylene glycol;
dipropylene glycol; 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol and 2,2,4-trimethylpentane-1,3 diol. In one embodiment, the polyol is trimethylolpropane.
With regard to oligomeric polyols, suitable polyols are polyols made from reaction of diacids with triols, such as trimethylol propane/cyclohexane diacid and trimethylol propane/adipic acid.
With regard to polymeric polyols, the polyester polyols are prepared by esterification of an organic polycarboxyfic acid or anhydride thereof with organic polyols and/or an epoxide. Usually, the polycarboxylic acids and polyols are aliphatic or aromatic dibasic acids or acid anhydrides and diols.
The polyols which are usually employed in making the polyester include trimethylol propane, di-trimethylol propane, alkylene glycols such as ethylene glycol, neopentyl glycol and other glycols such as hydrogenated bisphenol A, cyclohexanediol, cyclohexanedimethanol, the reaction products of lactones and diols, for example, the reaction product of epsilon-caprolactone and ethylene glycol, hydroxy-alkylated bisphenols, polyester glycols, for example, poly(oxytetramethylene)glycol and the like.
The acid component of the polyester consists primarily of monomeric carboxylic acids or anhydrides having 2 to 18 carbon atoms per molecule. Among the acids which are useful are phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, methylhexahydrophthalic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, ~sebacic acid, malefic acid, glutaric acid, chlorendic acid, tetrachlorophthalic acid and other dicarboxylic acids of varying types. Also, there may be employed higher polycarboxylic acids such as trimelfitic acid and tricarbaliylic acid. However, the use of these higher functionality polycarboxylic acids are not preferred because of resultant high viscosities.
Besides the polyester polyols formed from polybasic acids and polyols, polylactone-type polyesters also can be employed. These products are formed from the reaction of a lactone such.as epsilon-caprolactone and a polyol such as ethyVene glycol, diethylene glycol and trimethyloipropane.
Besides polyester polyols, polyurethane polyols such as polyester-urethane polyols which are formed from reacting an organic polyisocyanate with a polyester polyol such as those described above can be used. The organic polyisocyanate is reacted with a polyol so that the OH/NCO equivalent ratio is greater than 1:1 so that the resultant product contains free hydroxyl groups. The organic polyisocyanate which is used in preparing the polyurethane polyols can be an aliphatic or aromatic polyisocyanate or a mixture. Diisocyanates may be used, although higher polyisocyanates such as triisocyanates also can be used, but these may result in higher viscosities.
Examples of suitable diisocyanates are 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 1,4-tetramethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate and 4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexyl isocyanate). Examples of suitable higher functionality polyisocyanates are polymethylene polyphenol isocyanates.
At least a portion or all of the acid functional groups can be silylated.
Alternatively at feast a portion or all of the acid functional groups can be converted to hydroxyl groups by reaction with an epoxy functional material such as are discussed above or aliphatic diol to provide alcoholic hydroxyl groups for silylation.
Useful epoxy functional materials include epoxy functional monomers such as glycidyl methacrylate, ethylene oxide, butylene oxide, propylene oxide, cyclohexene oxide, glycidyl ethers such as phenyl glycidyl ether, n-butyl glycidyl ether, cresyl glycidyl ether, and isopropyl glycidyl ether, -glycidyl esters such as glycidyl versatate, for example CARDURA E available from Shell Chemical Co., and mixtures of any of the foregoing. The equivalent ratio of epoxy groups to acid groups on the ester generally ranges from 0.1:1 to 2:1, can range from 0.5:1 to 1:1, and typically ranges from 0.8:1 to 1:1.
Useful aliphatic diols include diols containing a primary hydroxyl such as 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,2-pentanediol, 1,4-pentanediol, 1,2-hexanediol, 1,5-hexanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, and 3,3-dimethyl-1,2-butanediol.
A non-limiting example of a silylated compound containing ester groups for use in the coating compositions of the present invention has the following structure (X):
(X) H~( ;
CH3-Si CH3 O O
O H3C Si-CH3 H3C -Si CH3 ~ . ~ O
O O O
~CH3 O O
Other useful materials having ester, urethane, urea, amide and/or ether groups and at least one reactive functional group which are suitable for silylation are disclosed above in the discussion of suitable additional polymers.
Alternatively, useful reactants include acrylic polymers containing hydroxyl groups blocked with hydrolyzable siloxy groups (polymerized for example from vinyl monomers and trimethyl siloxy methylmethacrylate) such as are disclosed in I. Azuma et al., "Acrylic Oligomer for High Solid Automotive Top Coating System Having Excellent Acid Resistance", Progress in Organic Coatings 32 (1997) 1-7, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the silyl-blocked reactant, when added to the other components which form the composition, is present in the composition in an amount ranging from 0.1 to 90 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the silyl-blocked reactant, when added to the other components which form the coating composition, is present in the coating composition in an amount of at least 0.1 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the silyl-blocked reactant, when added to the other components which form the coating composition, is present in the coating composition in an amount of at least 1 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the silyl-blocked reactant, when added to the other components which form the coating composition in an amount of at least 5 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition.
In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the silyl-blocked reactant, when added to the other components which form the coating composition, is present in the coating composition in an amount less than 60 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition.
In a further embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the silyl-blocked reactant, when added to the other components which form the coating composition, is present in the coating composition in an amount less than 30 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the silyl-blocked reactant, when added to the other components which form the coating composition, is present in the coating composition in an amount less than 10 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition. The amount of the silyl-blocked reactant may range between any combination of these values inclusive of the recited values.
The coating compositions of the present invention can be solvent-based coating compositions, water-based coating compositions, in solid particulate form, that is, a powder coating composition, or in the form of a powder slurry or aqueous dispersion. The components of the present invention used to form the cured compositions of the present invention can be dissolved or dispersed in an organic solvent. Nonlimiting examples of suitable organic solvents include alcohols, such as butanol; ketones, such as methyl amyl ketone; aromatic hydrocarbons, such as xylene; and glycol ethers, such as, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether; esters;
other solvents; and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
In solvent based compositions, the organic solvent is generally present in amounts ranging from 5 to 80 percent by weight based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the composition, and can be present in an amount ranging from 30 to 50 percent by weight, inclusive of the recited values.
The compositions as described above can have a total solids content ranging from 40 to 75 percent by weight based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the composition, and can have a total solids content ranging from 50 to 70 percent by weight, inclusive of the recited values.
Alternatively, the inventive compositions can be in solid particulate form suitable for use as a powder coating, or suitable for dispersion in a liquid medium such as water for use as a powder slurry.
In a further embodiment, a catalyst can be present during the coating composition's formation. Nonlimiting examples of suitable catalysts include acidic materials, for example acid phosphates, such as phenyl acid phosphate, and substituted or unsubstituted sulfonic acids such as dodecylbenzene sulfonic acid or para-toluene sulfonic acid and other catalysts such as N,N'-dimethyldodecyl amine catalysts and tin catalysts such as dibutyl tin dilaurate. The catalyst can be present, when added to the other components which form the coating composition, in an amount ranging from 0.1 to 5.0 percent by weight based on the total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition, inclusive of the recited values.
In another embodiment, additional components can be present during the formation of the coating compositions as previously described. These additional components include, but are not limited to, flexibilizers, plasticizers, 'surface active agents as defined herein (such as, for example polysiloxanes), thixotropic agents, anti-gassing agents, organic cosolvents, flow controllers, hindered amine light stabilizers, anti-oxidants, UV light absorbers, coloring agents or tints, and similar additives conventional in the art, as well as mixtures of any of the foregoing can be included in the coating composition. These additional ingredients can present, when added to the other components which form the coating composition, in an amount up to 40 percent by weight based on the total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition, inclusive of the recited values.
The amount of the coating composition applied to the substrate can vary based upon such factors as the type of substrate and intended use of the substrate, i.e., the environment in which the substrate is to be placed and the nature of the contacting materials.
In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coated substrate comprising a substrate and a coating composition coated over at least a portion of the substrate, wherein the coating composition is selected from any of the foregoing coating compositions. In still another embodiment, the present is directed to a method of coating a substrate which comprises applying a coating composition over at least a portion of the substrate, wherein the coating composition is selected from any of the foregoing coating compositions.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method of coating a substrate further comprising a step of curing the coating composition after application to the substrate. The components used to form the coating compositions in these embodiments can be selected from the components discussed above, and additional components also can be selected from those recited above.
As used herein, a composition "over at least a portion of a substrate" refers to a composition directly applied to at least a portion of the substrate, as well as a composition applied to any coating material which was previously applied to at least a portion of the substrate.
The coating compositions of the present invention can be applied over virtually any substrate including wood, metals, glass, cloth, plastic, foam, polymeric substrates such as elastomeric substrates, and the like. In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coated substrate as previously described wherein the coated substrate is a flexible substrate. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coated substrate as previously described wherein the coated substrate is a rigid substrate.
In a further embodiment, the present invention is directed to coated substrates as previously described wherein the coated substrate is a ceramic substrate. fn still another embodiment, the present invention is directed to coated substrates as previously described wherein the coated substrate is a polymeric substrate. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coated metallic substrate comprising a metallic substrate and a cured composition coated over at least a portion of the metallic substrate, wherein the cured composition is selected from any of the foregoing compositions. The components used to form the cured compositions in these embodiments can be selected from the components discussed above, and additional components also can be selected from those recited above.
A further embodiment of the present invention is directed to a coated automobile substrate comprising an automobile substrate and a cured composition coated over at least a portion of the automobile substrate, wherein the cured composition is selected from any of the foregoing compositions. In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method of making a coated automobile substrate comprising providing an automobile substrate and applying over at least a portion of the automotive substrate a coating composition selected from any of the foregoing compositions. ' Again, the components used to form the cured compositions in these embodiments can be selected from the components discussed above, and additional components also can be selected from those recited above.
Suitable flexible elastomeric substrates can include any of the thermoplastic or thermoset synthetic materials well known in the art.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable flexible elastomeric substrate materials include polyethylene, polypropylene, thermoplastic polyolefin ("TPO"), reaction injected molded polyurethane ("RIM"), and thermoplastic polyurethane ("TPU").
Nonlimiting examples of thermoset materials useful as substrates in connection with the present invention include polyesters, epoxides, phenolics, polyurethanes such as "RIM" thermoset materials, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. Nonlimiting examples of suitable thermoplastic materials include thermoplastic polyolefins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polyamides such as nylon, thermoplastic polyurethanes, thermoplastic polyesters, acrylic polymers, vinyl polymers, polycarbonates, acryfonitrile-butadiene-styrene ("ABS") copolymers, ethylene propylene diene terpolymer ("EPDM") rubber, copolymers, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable metal substrates include ferrous metals (e.g., iron, steel, and alloys thereof), nonferrous metals (e.g., aluminum, zinc, magnesium, and alloys thereof), and mixtures of any of the foregoing. In the particular use of automobile components, the substrate can be formed from cold rolled steel, electrogalvanized steel such as hot dip electrogalvanized steel, electrogalvanized iron-zinc steel, aluminum, and magnesium.
When the substrates are used as components to fabricate automotive vehicles (including, but not limited to, automobiles, trucks and tractors) they can have any shape, and can be selected from the metallic and flexible substrates described above. Typical shapes of automotive body components can include bodies (frames), hoods, doors, fenders, bumpers, and trim for automotive vehicles.
In a further embodiment, the present invention is directed to coated automotive substrates as previously described wherein the coated automotive substrate is a hood. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to coated automotive substrates as previously described wherein the coated automotive substrate is a door. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to coated automotive substrates as previously described wherein the coated automotive substrate is a fender. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to coated automotive substrates as previously described wherein the coated automotive substrate is a quarterpanel. The components used to form the cured compositions used to coat the automotive substrates in these embodiments can be selected from the components discussed above.
In embodiments of the present invention directed to automotive applications, the cured compositions can be, for example, the electrodeposition coating, the primer coating, the basecoat, and/or the topcoat. Suitable topcoats include monocoats and basecoatlclearcoat composites. Monocoats are formed from one or more layers of a colored coating composition. Basecoat/clearcoat composites comprise one or more layers of a colored basecoat composition, and one or more layers of a clearcoating composition, wherein the basecoat composition has at least one component which is different from the clearcoat composition. In the embodiments of the present invention directed to automotive applications, the clearcoat can be transparent after application.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to multi-component composite cured compositions comprising a basecoat deposited from a pigmented coating composition, and a topcoating composition applied over the basecoat, wherein the topcoating composition is selected from any of the compositions previously described.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a multi-component composite cured composition as previously described, wherein the topcoating composition is transparent after curing and is selected from any of the cured compositions previously described. The components used to form the topcoating composition in these embodiments can be selected from the coating components discussed above, and additional components also can be selected from those recited above.
The basecoat and transparent topcoat (i.e., clearcoat) compositions used in the multi-component composite cured compositions of the present invention in certain instances can be formulated into liquid high solids compositions, that is, compositions containing 40 percent, or greater than 50 percent by weight resin solids. The solids content can be determined by heating a sample of the cured composition to 105°C to 110°C for 1-2 hours to drive off the volatile material, and subsequently measuring relative weight loss. As aforementioned, although the cured compositions can be formed from liquid coating compositions, they also can be formed from coating compositions formulated as powder coating compositions.
The coating composition of the basecoat in the color-plus-clear system can be any of the compositions useful in coatings applications, particularly automotive applications. The coating composition of the basecoat can be formed from components comprising a resinous binder and a pigment to act as the colorant.
Nonlimiting examples of resinous binders are acrylic polymers, polyesters, alkyds, and polyurethanes.
The resinous binders for the basecoat can be organic solvent-based materials such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 4,220,679, note column 2, line 24 continuing through column 4, line 40, which portions is incorporated by reference. Also, water-based coating compositions such as those described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,403,003, 4,147,679 and 5,071,904 can be used as the binder in the basecoat composition. These U.S. patents are incorporated herein by reference.
The basecoat composition can comprise one or more pigments as colorants. Nonlimiting examples of suitable metallic pigments include aluminum flake, copper bronze flake, and metal oxide coated mica.
Besides the metallic pigments, the basecoat compositions can contain nonmetallic color pigments conventionally used in surface coatings such as, for example inorganic pigments such as titanium dioxide, iron oxide, chromium oxide, lead chromate, and carbon black; and organic pigments such as phthalocyanine blue and phthalocyanine green.
Optional ingredients in the basecoat composition can comprise those which are well known in the art of formulating surface coatings and can comprise surface active agents, flow control agents, thixotropic agents, fillers, anti-gassing agents, organic co-solvents, catalysts, and other customary auxiliaries.
Nonlimiting examples of these materials and suitable amounts are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,220,679; 4,403,003; 4,147,769; and 5,071,904, which are incorporated herein by reference.
The basecoat compositions can be applied to the substrate by any conventional coating technique such as brushing, spraying, dipping, or flowing.
Spray techniques and equipment for air spraying, airless spray; and electrostatic spraying in either manual or automatic methods, known in the art can be used.
During application of the basecoat to the substrate, the film thickness of the basecoat formed on the substrate can range from 0.1 to 5 mils. In another embodiment, the film thickness of the basecoat formed on the substrate can range 0.1 to 1 mils, and can be 0.4 mils.
After forming a film of the basecoat on the substrate, the basecoat can be cured or alternatively given a drying step in which solvent is driven out of the basecoat film by heating or an air drying period before application of the clearcoat.
Suitable drying conditions may depend on the particular basecoat composition, and on the ambient humidity if the composition is water-borne, but a drying time from 1 to 15 minutes at a temperature of 75° to 200°F can be adequate.
The transparent or clear topcoat composition can be applied to the basecoat by any conventional coating technique, including, but not limited to, compressed air spraying, electrostatic spraying, and either manual or automatic methods. The transparent topcoat can be applied to a cured or to a dried basecoat before the basecoat has been cured. In the latter instance, the two coatings can then be heated to cure both coating layers simultaneously. The clearcoating thickness (dry film thickness) can be 1 to 6 mils.
The coating composition can be cured by the combination of ionizing or actinic radiation and thermal energy as described in detail above. Typical radiation energy curing conditions are discussed in detail above. Typical thermal energy curing conditions can range from 50°F to 475°F (10°C to 246°F) for 1 to 30 minutes.
A second topcoat coating composition can be applied to the first topcoat to form a "clear-on-clear" topcoat. The first topcoat coating composition can be applied over the basecoat as described above. The second topcoat coating composition can be applied to a cured or to a dried first topcoat before the basecoat and first topcoat have been cured. The basecoat, the first topcoat, and the second topcoat can then be heated to cure the three coatings simultaneously.
It should be understood that the second transparent topcoat and the first transparent topcoat coating compositions can be the same or different provided that, when applied wet-on-wet, one topcoat does not substantially interfere with the curing of the other for example by inhibiting solvent/water evaporation from a lower layer. Moreover, the first topcoat, the second topcoat or both can be the cured composition of the present invention. The first transparent topcoat composition can be virtually any transparent topcoating composition known to those skilled in the art. The first transparent topcoat composition can be water-borne or solventborne, or, alternatively, in solid particulate form, i.e., a powder coating.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable first topcoating compositions include crosslinkable coating compositions comprising at least one thermosettable coating material and at least one curing agent. Suitable waterborne clearcoats are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,098,947, which patent is incorporated herein by reference, and are based on water-soluble acrylic resins. Useful solvent borne clearcoats are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,196,485 and 5,814,410, which patents are incorporated herein by reference, and include polyepoxides and polyacid curing agents. Suitable powder clearcoats are described in U.S.
Patent No. 5,663,240, which is incorporated herein by reference, and include epoxy functional acrylic copolymers and polycarboxylic acid curing agents.
Typically, after forming the first topcoat over the basecoat, the first topcoat is given a drying step in which solvent is driven out of the film by heating or, alternatively, an air drying period or curing step, before the application of the second topcoat. Suitable drying conditions will depend on the particular first topcoat composition, and on the ambient humidity if the composition is water-borne, but, in general, a drying time from 1 to 15 minutes at a temperature of 75°
to 200°F will be adequate.
The polysiloxane-containing second topcoat coating composition of the present invention can be applied as described above for the first topcoat by any conventional coating application technique. Curing conditions can be those described above for the topcoat. The second topcoating dry film thickness can range from 0.1 to 3 mils (7.5 micrometers to 75 micrometers).
It should be mentioned that the polysiloxane-containing coating compositions can be advantageously formulated as a "monocoat," that is a coating which forms essentially one coating layer when applied to a substrate.
The monocoat coating composition can be pigmented. Nonlimiting examples of suitable pigments include those mentioned above. When employed as a monocoat, the polysiloxane-containing coating compositions of the present invention can be applied (by any of the conventional application techniques discussed above) in two or more successive coats, and, in certain instances can be applied with only an ambient flash period between coats. The multi-coats when cured can form essentially one coating layer.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method for making a multi-component composite comprising (a) applying a pigmented composition to a substrate to form a basecoat; and (b) applying a topcoating composition over at least a portion of the basecoat to form a topcoat thereon, wherein the topcoating composition, is selected from any of the compositions described above. The components used to form the topcoating composition in this embodiment can be selected from the coating components discussed above, and additional components also can be selected from those recited above.
The coatings formed from the cured compositions according to the present invention can have outstanding appearance properties and initial scratch (mar) resistance properties, as well as post-weathering or "retained" scratch (mar) resistance, which can be evaluated by measuring the gloss of coated substrates before and after abrading of the coated substrates.
The initial 20°- gloss of a coated substrate according to the present invention can be measured with a 20°- NOVO-GLOSS 20 statistical glossmeter, available from Gardner Instrument Company, Inc. The coated~substrate can be subjected to scratch testing by linearly scratching the coating or substrate with a weighted .abrasive paper for ten double rubs using an Atlas AATCC Scratch Tester, Model CM-5, available from Atlas Electrical Devices Company of Chicago, Illinois. The abrasive paper is 3M 281Q WETORDRYT"" PRODUCTIONT"~ 9 micron polishing paper sheets, which are commercially available from 3M
Company of St. Paul, Minnesota. Panels are then rinsed with tap water and carefully patted dry with a paper towel. The 20°- gloss is measured on the scratched area of each test panel. The number reported is the percent of the initial gloss retained after scratch testing, i.e., 100% X scratched gloss /
initial gloss. This test method is fully disclosed in the examples that follow.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions having an initial 20° gloss (as measured using a 20° NOVO-GLOSS
20 statistical glossmeter, available from Gardner Instrument Company described above) of greater than 40, the compositions being any of the foregoing compositions according to the present invention. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions having an initial 20° gloss (as measured using a 20° NOVO-GLOSS 20 statistical glossmeter, available from Gardner Instrument Company described above) of greater than 50, or greater than 70, the compositions being any of the foregoing compositions according to the present invention.
Moreover, in another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions having a post-weathering or "retained" scratch resistance value such that after scratch testing, greater than 40 percent of initial 20° gloss is retained. Moreover, the cured compositions of the present invention can have a post-weathering scratch resistance (as measured using the scratch test method described above after the unscratched test panels were subjected to simulated weathering by QUV exposure to UVA-340 bulbs in a weathering cabinet available from Q Panel Company) such that greater than 50 percent, or greater than 60 percent of initial 20° gloss is retained after weathering.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to methods of improving the scratch resistance of a substrate comprising applying to the substrate any of the inventive compositions described for the substrate. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method of improving the dirt repellency of a substrate comprising applying to the comprising any of the inventive compositions described for the substrate.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method for retaining the gloss of a substrate over time comprising applying to the substrate comprising any of the inventive compositions described for the substrate. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method for revitalizing the gloss of a substrate comprising applying to the substrate any of the inventive compositions described for the substrate.
In another embodiment, the cured compositions of the present invention also can be useful as decorative or protective coatings for pigmented plastic (elastomeric) substrates, such as those described above;' or mold-in-color ("MIC") plastic substrates. In these applications, the compositions can be applied directly to the plastic substrate or included in the molding matrix. Optionally, an adhesion promoter can first be applied directly to the plastic or elastomeric substrate and the composition applied as a topcoat thereover. The compositions of the present invention also can be advantageously formulated as pigmented coating compositions for use as primer coatings, as basecoats in multi-component composite coatings, and as monocoat topcoats including pigments or colorants.
The components used to form the compositions in these embodiments can be selected from the coating components discussed 'above, and additional components also can be selected from those recited above.
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, a cured composition is provided which comprises particles dispersed in a cured composition comprising one or more thermoplastic materials. As previously described, the concentration of particles is greater in the surface region than in the bulk region. The cured composition can be derived from a thermoplastic resinous coating composition.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable thermoplastic materials include high molecular weight (i.e., Mw greater than 20,000, greater than 40,000, or greater than 60,000), acrylic polymers, polyolefin polymers, polyamide polymers, and polyester polymers suitable for use in lacquer dry systems. One nonlimiting example of a class of thermoplastic materials from which the cured composition can be derived is ffuoropolymer-acrylic copolymers such as those prepared from polyvinylidene fluoride, for example KYNAR 500 (available from Ausimont USA, Inc.) and thermoplastic acrylic copolymers, such as ACRYLOID B44 (65% methyl methacrylate and 35°!° ethyl acrylate), available from Dock Resin, Inc.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method for retaining the gloss of a polymeric substrate or polymer coated substrate after a predetermined period of time comprising applying to the substrate comprising any of the inventive compositions described for the substrate. This predetermined period of time can generally be at least 6 months and can be at least one year. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method for revitalizing the gloss of a polymeric substrate or polymer coated substrate comprising applying to the substrate any of the inventive compositions described above.
Illustrating the invention is the following example.which, however, is not to be considered as limiting the invention to their details. Unless otherwise indicated, all parts and percentages in the following examples, as well as throughout the specification, are by weight.
EXAMPLE
A dual cure (ultraviolet radiation and thermal cure) coating composition was prepared and evaluated as discussed below.
The coating composition was made by adding each of the ingredients under agitation in the order listed in Table 1 below. The acrylic polyol and isocyanurate were preblended before the addition to the other ingredients.
Table '1 Ingredient Description Solids Weight SR355' DiTMP Tetraac late 27.3 27.3 Clariant HIGHLINK Colloidal Silica in 41.9 41.9 OG tripropylene 108-32 I col diac late DAROCURE 4265 Photoinitiator 2.0 2.0 TINUVIN 400 UV Absorber ~ 3.0 3.0 T1NUVIN 292' Hindered Amine Light 0.8 0.8 Stabilizer RC-68-1497 Ac (ic Pol of Resin 15.6 23.3 DESMODUR N-3300 Isoc anurate of HDI 9.4 9.4 Total 100.0 107.7 ' Ditrimethylolpropane tetraacryiate which is available from Sartomer Company, inc.
2 Acrylic polyol prepared from 14.5% butyl acrylate, 14.5% butyl methacrylate, 27.5% isobornyl methacrylate, 22.6% hydropropyl methacrylate, 20.4% hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.4% acrylic acid and having the following properties: Solids 67% in Aromatic 100 solvent, MW 2336, M~ 1236 and OH Value of 116.8.
3 Phosphine Oxide as a 50:50 blend of 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl propan-1-one and 2,4,6 trimethyi benzoyi diphenyl phosphine oxide such as DAROCURE 4265, which is commercially available from Ciba-Geigy Corporation.
4 Isocyanurate of hexamethylene diisocyanate available from Bayer Corporation.
The coating composition was applied over pretreated and basecoated panels as described below. The panels used were cold rolled steel panels (size inches x 12 inches (10.16 cm by 30.48 cm)) coated with ED5000 electrocoat (available from PPG Industries, Inc). The test panels are available from ACT
Laboratories, Inc. of Hillsdale, Michigan. The basecoat (BWB-8555 black waterborne basecoat available from PPG Industries, Inc.) was spray applied at 0.6 mils (15 micrometers) dry film thickness and fully baked for 30 minutes at 285°F
(141 °C). The coating composition of the present invention was applied using a 7 mil (179 micrometers) drawdown bar over the basecoat to approximately 1.0-1.2 mils (26-31 micrometers) dry film thickness. The clearcoat was flashed at ambient temperature (25°C) for five minutes and then cured using ultraviolet light at 576 _77_ mJoules/cm2 at a line speed of 70 feet per minute (21.3 meters per minute) and then thermally cured for 30 minutes at 285°F (141 °C).
The coating on the panel was evaluated for scratch resistance as follows.
20° gloss was measured with a Statistical Novo-Gloss 20° gloss meter, available from Paul N. Gardner Company, Inc. Coated panels were subjected to scratch testing by linearly scratching the coated surface with a weighted abrasive paper for ten double rubs using an Atlas AATCC Scratch Tester, Model CM-5, available from Atias Electrical Devices Company of Chicago, Illinois. The abrasive paper used was 3M 281Q WETORDRYT"~ PRODUCTIONT"~ 9 micron polishing paper sheets, which are commercially available from 3M Company of St. Paul, Minnesota. Panels were then rinsed with tap water and carefully patted dry with a paper towel. The 20°- gloss was measured (using the same gloss meter as that used for the initial 20° gloss) on the scratched area of each test panel. Using the lowest 20° gloss reading from the scratched area, the scratch results are reported as the percent of the initial gloss retained after scratch testing using the following calculation: 100% * scratched gloss = initial gloss. Higher values for percent of gloss retained are desirable.
The test results are given in Table 2 below.
Table 2 Clearcoat Initial20 Gloss after Scratch% Gloss 20 Testing Retention Gloss UV / Thermal Dual 82 7g gg Cure The compositions of the present invention can provide numerous advantages in coating applications, including, but not limited to, good initial and retained scratch resistance, good appearance properties such as gloss and distinctiveness of image, and physical properties such as good flexibility and weatherabifity.
It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that changes could be made to the embodiments described above without departing from the broad inventive concept thereof. It is understood, therefore, that this invention is not limited to the particular embodiments disclosed, but it is intended to cover modifications which are within the spirit and scope of the invention, as defined by the appended claims.
_79_
' Friction. Wear. Lubrication at page 27.
" Friction. Wear. Lubrication at page 27.
'2 Handbook of Chemistry and Physics at page F-22.
'3 Handbook of Chemistry and Physics at page F-22.
'4 Handbook of Chemistry and Physics at page F-22.
's Handbook of Chemistry and Physics at page F-22.
's Handbook of Chemistry and Physics at page F-22.
"Handbook of Chemistry and Ph sics at page F-22.
'e Handbook of Chemistry and Physics at page F-22.
'9 R. Weast (Ed.), Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, CRC Press (71St Ed.
1990) at page 4-158.
In one embodiment, the Mohs' hardness value of the particles is greater than 5.
In certain embodiments, the Mohs' hardness value of the particles, such as silica, is greater than 6.
As mentioned above, the Mohs' hardness scale relates to the resistance of a material to scratching. The present invention therefore further contemplates particles that have a hardness at their surface that is different from the hardness of the internal portions of the particle beneath its surface. More specifically, and as discussed above, the surface of the particle can be modified in any manner well known in the art, including, but not limited to, chemically changing the particle's surface characteristics using techniques known in the art such that the surface hardness of the particle is greater the hardness of the materials that can abrade the polymeric coating or polymeric substrate while the hardness of the particle beneath the surface is less than the hardness of the materials that can abrade the polymeric coating or polymeric substrate.
As another alternative, a particle can be formed from a primary material that is coated, clad or encapsulated with one or more secondary materials to form a composite material that has a harder surface. Alternatively, a particle can be formed from a primary material that is coated, clad or encapsulated with a differing form of the primary material to form a composite material that has a harder surface.
In one example, and without limiting the present invention, an inorganic particle formed from an inorganic material such as silicon carbide or aluminum nitride can be provided with a silica, carbonate or nanoclay coating to form a useful composite particle. In another nonlimiting example, a silane coupling agent with alkyl side chains can interact with the surface of an inorganic particle formed from an inorganic oxide to provide a useful composite particle having a "softer"
surface. Other examples include cladding, encapsulating or coating particles formed from nonpolymeric or polymeric materials with differing nonpolymeric or polymeric materials. A specific nonlimiting example of such composite particles is DUALITET"', which is a synthetic polymeric particle coated with calcium carbonate that is commercially available from Pierce and Stevens Corporation of Buffalo, NY.
In one nonlimiting embodiment of the invention, the particles are formed from solid lubricant materials. As used herein, the term "solid lubricant"
means any solid used between two surfaces to provide protection from damage during relative movement and/or to reduce friction and wear. In one embodiment, the solid lubricants are inorganic solid lubricants. As used herein, "inorganic solid lubricant" means that the solid lubricants have a characteristic~crystalline habit which causes them to shear into thin, flat plates which readily slide over one another and thus produce an antifriction lubricating effect. See R. Lewis, Sr., Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary, (12th Ed. 1993) at page 712, which is specifically incorporated by reference herein. Friction is the resistance to sliding one solid over another. F. Clauss, Solid Lubricants and Self-Lubricating Solids (1972) at page 1, which is specifically incorporated by reference herein.
In one nonlimiting embodiment of the invention, the particles have a lamellar structure. Particles having a lamellar structure are composed of sheets or plates of atoms in hexagonal array, with strong bonding within the sheet and weak van der Waals bonding between sheets, providing low shear strength between sheets. A nonlimiting example of a lamellar structure is a hexagonal crystal structure. Inorganic solid particles having a lamellar fullerene (i.e., buckyball) structure also are useful in the present invention.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable materials having a lamellar structure that are useful in forming the particles of the present invention include boron nitride, graphite, metal dichalcogenides, mica, talc, gypsum, kaolinite, calcite, cadmium iodide, silver sulfide, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. Suitable metal dichalcogenides include molybdenum disulfide, molybdenum diselenide, tantalum disulfide, tantalum diselenide, tungsten disulfide, tungsten diselenide, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
The particles can be formed from nonpolymeric, organic materials.
Nonlimiting examples of nonpolymeric, organic materials useful in the present invention include, but are not limited to, stearates (such as zinc stearate and aluminum stearate), diamond, carbon black, and stearamide.
The particles can be formed from inorganic polymeric materials.
Nonlimiting examples of useful inorganic polymeric materials include polyphosphazenes, polysilanes, polysiloxane, polygeremanes, polymeric sulfur, polymeric selenium, silicones, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. A
specific, nonlimiting example of a particle formed from an inorganic polymeric material suitable for use in the present invention is TosPEARL2°, which is a particle formed firom cross-linked siloxanes and is commercially available from Toshiba Silicones Company, Ltd. of Japan.
The particles can be formed from synthetic, organic polymeric materials.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable organic polymeric materials include, but are not limited to, thermoset materials and thermoplastic materials. As used herein, a "thermoplastic" material is a material that softens when exposed to heat and returns to its original condition when cooled to room temperature. Nonlimiting examples of suitable thermoplastic materials include thermoplastic polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, and polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonates, polyolefins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and polyisobutene, acrylic polymers such as copolymers of styrene and an acrylic acid monomer, and polymers containing methacrylate, polyamides, thermoplastic polyurethanes, vinyl polymers, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable thermoset materials include thermoset polyesters, vinyl esters, epoxy materials, phenolics, aminoplasts, thermoset polyurethanes, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. A specific, nonlimiting example of a synthetic polymeric particle formed from an epoxy material is an epoxy microgel particle. As used herein, a "thermoset" material is a material that material solidifies or "sets" irreversibly when heated. A thermoset material has formed a crosslinked network. As used herein, a polymeric material is "crosslinked" if it at least partially forms a polymeric network. One skilled in the art 2° See R. J. Perry "Applications for Cross-Linked Siloxane Particles"
Chemtech. February 1999 at pages 39-44.' will understand that the presence and degree of crosslinking (crosslink density) can be determined by a variety of methods, such as dynamic mechanical thermal analysis (DMTA) using a TA Instruments DMA 2980 DMTA analyzer conducted under nitrogen such as is described above. This method determines the glass transition temperature and crosslink density of free films of coatings or polymers.
These physical properties of a cured material are related to the structure of the crosslinked network.
The particles also can be hollow particles formed from materials selected from polymeric and nonpolymeric inorganic materials, polymeric and nonpolymeric organic materials, composite materials, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable materials from which the hollow particles can be formed are described above. In one embodiment, the hollow particles are hollow glass spheres.
The particles according to the present invention that are applied to the polymeric substrate or polymeric coating, for example but not limited to, the electrodeposited coating, the primer coating, or the topcoat, can be present in a dispersion, suspension or emulsion in a carrier. Nonlimiting examples of suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, water, solvents, surfactants, or a mixture of any of the foregoing. Nonlimiting examples of suitable solvents include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, alcohols such as methanol or butanol, ketones such as methyl amyl ketone, aromatic hydrocarbons such as xylene, glycol ethers such as ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, esters, aliphatics, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
Prior to incorporation, one class of particles which can be used according to the present invention includes sols, such as an organosol, of the particles.
These sols can be of a wide variety of small-particle, colloidal silicas having an average particle size in ranges such as identified above.
The colloidal silicas can be surface modified during or after the particles are initially formed. These surface modified silicas may contain on their surface chemically bonded carbon-containing moieties, as well as such groups as anhydrous Si02 groups and SiOH groups, various ionic groups physically associated or chemically bonded within the surface of the silica, adsorbed organic groups, or combinations of any of the foregoing, depending on the characteristics of the particular silica desired. Such surface modified silicas are described in detail in U.S~. Patent No. 4,680,204, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Such materials can be prepared by a variety of techniques in 'various forms, nonlimiting examples comprise organosols and mixed sols. As used herein the term "mixed sots" is intended to include those dispersions of colloidal silica in which the dispersing medium comprises both an organic liquid~and water. Such small particle colloidal silicas are readily available, are essentially colorless and have refractive indices which permit their inclusion in compositions that, without additional pigments or components known in the art to color and/or decrease the transparency of such compositions, result in colorless, transparent coatings.
Suitable nonlimiting examples of particles include colloidal silicas, such as those commercially available from Nissan Chemical Company under the trademark ORGANOSILICASOLSTM such as ORGANOSILICASOLT"' MT-ST, and from Clariant Corporation as HIGHLINKTM; colloidal aluminas, such as those commercially available from Nalco Chemical under the trademark NALCO 8676~;
and colloidal zirconias, such as those commercially available from Nissan Chemical Company under the trademark HIT-32M~.
The particles can be incorporated into the compositions of the invention in the form of a stable dispersion. When the particles are in a colloidal form, the dispersions can be prepared by dispersing the particles in a carrier under agitation and solvent that is present can be removed under vacuum at ambient temperatures. In certain embodiments, the carrier can be other than a solvent, such as the surface active agents described in detail below, including, but not limited to a polysiloxane containing reactive functional groups, including, but not limited to, the at least one polysiloxane (a).
Alternatively, the dispersions can be prepared as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,522,958 or 4,526,910, which are incorporated by reference herein. The particles can be "cold-blended" with the at least one polysiloxane prior to incorporation into the inventive compositions. Alternatively, the particles can be post-added to an admixture of any remaining composition components (including, but not limited to, the at least one polysiloxane (a)) and dispersed therein using dispersing techniques well-known in the art.
When the particles are in other than colloidal form, for example but not limited to, agglomerate form, the dispersions can be prepared by dispersing the agglomerate in the carrier, for example but not limited to, the at least one polysiloxane (a), to stably disperse the particles therein. Dispersion techniques such as grinding, milling, microfluidizing, ultrasounding, or any~other pigment dispersing techniques well known in the art of coatings formulation can be used.
Alternatively, the particles can be dispersed by any other dispersion techniques known in the art. If desired, the particles in other than colloidal form can be post-added to an admixture of other composition components and dispersed therein using any dispersing techniques known in the art.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions which comprise a plurality of particles, wherein a first portion of the particles is present in a surface region of the cured composition in a concentration which is higher than a concentration of a second portion of particles which is present in a bulk region of the cured composition.
As used herein "surface region" of the cured composition means the region which is generally parallel to the exposed air-surface of the coated substrate and which has thickness generally extending perpendicularly from the surface of the cured coating to a depth ranging from at least 20 manometers to 150 manometers beneath the exposed surface. In certain embodiments, this thickness of the surface region ranges from at least 20 manometers to 100 manometers, and can range from at least 20 manometers to 50 manometers, inclusive of the recited values. As used herein, "bulk region" of the cured composition means the region which extends beneath the surface region and which is generally parallel to the surface of the coated substrate. The bulk region has a thickness extending from its interface with the surface region through the cured coating to the substrate or coating layer beneath the cured composition.
In embodiments of the present invention in which the particles have an average particle size greater than 50 nanometers, the thickness of the surface region generally extends perpendicularly from the surface of the cured coating to a depth equal to three times the average particle size of the particles, and this surface can extend to a depth equal to two times the average particle size of the particles.
The concentration of particles in the cured composition can be characterized in a variety of ways. For example the average number density of particles (i.e., the average number or population of particles per unit volume) dispersed in the surface region is greater than the average number density dispersed in the bulk region. Alternatively, the average volume fraction (i.e., volume occupied by particles / total volume) or average weight percent per unit volume, i.e., ((the weight of particles within a unit volume of cured coating) / (total weight of the unit volume of cured coating)) x 100% of the particles dispersed in the surface region is greater than the average volume fraction or average weight percent of particles dispersed within the bulk region.
The concentration of particles (as characterized above) present in the surface region of the cured coating can be determined, if desired, by a variety of surface analysis techniques well known in the art, such as Transmission Electron Microscopy ("TEM"), Surface Scanning Electron Microscopy ("X-SEM"), Atomic Force Microscopy ("AFM"), and X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy.
For example the concentration of particles present in the surface region of the cured coating may be determined by cross-sectional transmission electron microscopy techniques. A useful transmission electron microscopy method is described generally as follows. A coating composition is applied to a substrate and cured under conditions appropriate to the composition and substrate.
Samples of the cured coating are then removed or delaminated from the substrate and embedded in a cured epoxy resin using techniques as are well known in the art. The embedded samples then can be microtomed at room temperature using techniques well known in the art, such as by forming a block face. The sections can be cut using a 45° diamond knife edge mounted in a holder with a "boat cavity" to hold water. During the cutting process, sections float to the surface of the water in the boat cavity. Once a few cuts reach an interference color of bright to dark gold (i.e., approximately 100 to 150 nanometers thickness), individual samples typically are collected onto a formvar-carbon coated grid and dried at ambient temperature on a glass slide. The samples are then placed in a suitable transmission electron microscope, such as a Philips CM12 TEM, and examined at various magnifications, such as at 105,000 X magnification, for documentation of particle concentration at the surface region, via electron micrography. The concentration of particles in a surface region of a cured coating can be ascertained upon visual inspection of the electron micrograph.
It should be understood that the particles can be present in the surface region such that a portion of the particles at least partially protrudes above the cured coating surface, essentially unprotected by an organic coating layer.
Alternatively, the particles can be present in the surface region such that this organic coating layer lies between the particles and the exposed air-surface interface of the surface region.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein the particles have an average particle size less than 100 microns prior to incorporation into the coating composition, and can have an average particle size less than 50 microns prior to incorporation into the coating composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein the particles have an average particle size ranging from 1 to less than 1000 nanometers prior to incorporation into the coating composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein the particles have an average particle size ranging from 1 to 100 nanometers prior to incorporation into the coating composition.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein the particles have an average particle size ranging from 5 to 50 nanometers prior to incorporation into the composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein the particles have an average particle size ranging from 5 to 25 nanometers prior to incorporation into the composition. The particle size may range between any combination of these values inclusive of the recited values.
In an embodiment where the average particle size of the particles is greater than one micron, the average particle size can be measured according to known laser scattering techniques. For example the average particle size of such particles is measured using a Horiba Model LA 900 laser diffraction particle size instrument, which uses a helium-neon laser with a wave length of 633 nm to measure the size of the particles and assumes the particle has a spherical shape, i.e., the "particle size" refers to the smallest sphere that will completely enclose the particle.
In an embodiment of the present invention wherein the size of the particles is less than or equal to one micron, the average particle size can be determined by visually examining an electron micrograph of a transmission electron microscopy ("TEM") image, measuring the diameter of the particles in the image, and calculating the average particle size based on the magnification of the TEM
image. One .of ordinary skill in the art will understand how to prepare such a TEM
image, and a description of one such method is disclosed in the examples set forth below. In one nonlimiting embodiment of the present invention, a TEM
image with 105,000X magnification is produced, and a conversion factor is obtained by dividing the magnification by 1000. Upon visual inspection, the diameter of the particles is measured in millimeters, and the measurement is converted to nanometers using the conversion factor. The diameter of the particle refers to the smallest diameter sphere that will completely enclose the particle.
The shape (or morphology) of the particles can vary depending upon the specific embodiment of the present invention and its intended application. For example generally spherical morphologies (such as solid beads, microbeads, or hollow spheres), can be used, as well as particles that are cubic, platy, or acicular (elongated or fibrous). Additionally, the particles can have an internal structure that is hollow, porous or void free, or a combination of any of the foregoing, e.g., a hollow center with porous or solid walls. For more information on suitable particle characteristics see H. Katz et al. (Ed.), Handbook of Fillers and Plastics (1987) at pages 9-10, which are specifically incorporated by reference herein.
It will ~be recognized by one skilled in the art that mixtures of one or more particles having different average particle sizes can be incorporated into the compositions in accordance with the present invention to impart the desired properties and characteristics to the compositions. For example particles of varying particle sizes can be used in the compositions according to the present invention.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the particles, when added to the other components which form the composition, are present in the composition in an amount ranging from 0.01 to 75 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the particles, when added to the other components which form the composition, are present in the composition in an amount of at least 0.1 weight percent, can be present in the composition in an amount at least 0.5 weight percent, and also can be present in the composition in an amount greater than 5 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the composition.
In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions as previously described wherein, the particles, when added to the other components which form the composition, are present in the composition in an amount less than 75 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which farm the composition. fn a further embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the particles, when added to the other components which form the composition, are present in the composition in an amount less than 50 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the composition.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the particles, when added to the other components which farm the composition, are present in the composition in an amount less than 20 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the particles, when added to the other components which form the composition, are present in the composition in an amount less than 10 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the composition. The amount of particles present may range between any combination of these values inclusive of the recited values.
Additionally, in another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions wherein at least one surface active agent can be present during the formation of the compositions as previously described. The at least one surface active agent can be selected from anionic, nonionic, and cationic surface active agents.
As used herein, by "surface active agent" is meant any material which tends to lower the solid surface tension or surface energy ofi the cured composition or coating. That is, the cured composition or coating formed from a composition comprising a surface active agent has a lower solid surface tension or surface energy than a cured coating formed from the analogous composition which does not contain the surface active agent.
For purposes of the present invention, solid surface tension can be measured according to the Owens-Wendt method using a Rame'-Hart Contact Angle Goniometer with distilled water and methylene iodide as reagents.
Generally, a 0.02 cc drop of one reagent is placed upon the cured coating surface and the contact angle and its complement are measured using a standard microscope equipped with the goniometer. The contact angle and its complement are measured for each of three drops. The process is then repeated using the other reagent. An average value is calculated for the six measurements for each of the reagents. The solid surface tension is then calculated using the Owens-Wendt equation:
f Y I (1 + COS ~ )}~2 = ~Y l d y s d)1/2 + ~Y l p'~ S P)1/2 where ~y ( is the surface tension of the liquid (methylene iodide = 50.8, distilled water = 72.8) and y d and Y P are the dispersion and polar components (methylene iodide yd = 49.5, y P = 1.3; distilled water y d = 21.8, y P =
51.0); the values for ~~ measured and the cos ~ determined. Two equations are then setup, one for methylene iodide and one for water. The only unknowns are y S d and y S P.
The two equations are then solved for the two unknowns. The two components combined represent the total solid surface tension.
The at least one surface active agent can be selected from amphiphilic, reactive functional group-containing polysiloxanes, amphiphilic fluoropolymers, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. With reference to water-soluble or water-dispersible amphiphilic materials, the term "amphiphilic" means a polymer having a generally hydrophilic polar end and a water-insoluble generally hydrophobic end. Nonlimiting examples of suitable functional group-containing polysiloxanes for use as surface active agents include those polysiloxanes described below.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable amphiphilic fluoropolymers include fluoroethylene-alkyl vinyl ether alternating copolymers (such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 4,345,057) available from Asahi Glass Company under the tradename LUMIFLON; fluorosurfactants, such as the fluoroaliphatic polymeric esters commercially available from 3M of St. Paul, Minnesota under the tradename FLUORAD; functionalized perfluorinated materials, such as 1 H,1 H-perfluoro-nonanol commercially available from FluoroCh~em USA; and perfluorinated (meth)actylate resins.
Nonlimiting examples of other surface active agents suitable for use in the cured composition or coating of the present invention can include anionic, nonionic and cationic surface active agents. Nonlimiting examples of suitable anionic surface active agents include sulfates or sulfonates. Specific nonlimiting examples include higher alkyl mononuclear aromatic sulfonates such as the higher alkyl benzene sulfonates containing from 10 to 16 carbon atoms in the alky group and a straight- or branched-chain, e.g., the sodium salts of decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl or hexadecyl benzene sulfonate and the higher alkyl toluene, xylene and phenol sulfonates; alkyl naphthalene sulfonate, _55_ _ and sodium dinonyl naphthalene sulfonate. Other nonlimiting examples of suitable anionic surface active agents include olefin sulfonates, including long chain alkenylene sulfonates, long chain hydroxyalkane sulfonates, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. Nonlimiting examples of other sulfate or sulfonate detergents are paraffin sulfonates such as the reaction products of alpha olefins and bisulfites (e.g., sodium bisulfite). Also comprised are sulfates of higher alcohols, such as sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium tallow alcohol sulfate, or sulfates of mono-or di-glycerides of tatty acids (e.g., stearic monoglyceride monosulfate), alkyl poly(ethoxy)ether sulfates including, but not limited to, the sulfates of the condensation products of ethylene oxide and lauryl alcohol (usually having 1-5 ethenoxy groups per molecule); lauryl or other higher alkyl glyceryl ether sulfonates; aromatic poly(ethenoxy)ether sulfates including, but not limited to, the sulfates of the condensation products of ethylene oxide and nonyl phenol (usually.
having 1-20 oxyethylene groups per molecule).
Further nonlimiting examples include salts of sulfated aliphatic alcohol, alkyl ether sulfate andlor alkyl aryl ethoxy sulfate available from Rhone-Poulenc - under the general tradename ABEX. Phosphate mono-or di-ester type anionic surface active agents also can be used. These anionic surface active agents are well known in the art and are commercially available under the general trademark GAFAC from GAF Corporation and under the general trademark TRITON from Rohm & Haas Company.
Nonlimiting examples of nonionic surface active agents suitable for use in the cured composition or coating of the present invention include those containing ether linkages and which are represented by the following general formula:
RO(R'O)~H; wherein the substituent group R represents a hydrocarbon group containing 6 to 60 carbon atoms, the substituent group R' represents an alkylene group containing 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and mixtures of any of the foregoing, and n is an integer ranging from 2 to 100.
Such nonionic surface active agents can be prepared by treating fatty alcohols or alkyl-substituted phenols with an excess of ethylene or propylene oxide. The alkyl carbon chain may contain from 14 to 40 carbon atoms and may _5g_ _ be derived from a long chain fatty alcohol such as oleyl alcohol or stearyl alcohol.
Nonionic polyoxyethylene surface active agents of the type represented by the formula above are commercially available under the general trade designation SURFYNOL from Air Products Chemicals, Inc.; PLURONIC or TETRONIC from BASF Corporation; TERGITOL from Union Carbide; and SURFONIC from Huntsman Corporation. Other nonlimiting examples of suitable nonionic surface active agents include block copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide based on a glycol such as ethylene glycol or propylene glycol including, but not limited to, those available from BASF Corporation under the general trade designation PLURONIC.
As indicated above, cationic surface active agents also can be used.
Nonlimiting examples of cationic surface active agents suitable for use in the cured compositions or coatings of the present invention include acid salts of alkyl amines such as ARMAC HT, an acetic acid salt of n-alkyl amine available from Akzo Nobel Chemicals; imidazoline derivatives such as CALGENE C-100 available from Calgene Chemicals Inc.; ethoxylated amines or amides such as DETHOX Amine C-5, a cocoamine ethoxylate available from Deforest Enterprises;
ethoxylated fatty amines such as ETHOX TAM available from Ethox Chemicals, Inc.; and glyceryl esters such as LEXEMUL AR, a glyceryl stearate/stearaidoethyl diethylamine available from Inolex Chemical Co.
Other examples of suitable surface active agents-can include polyacrylates.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable polyacrylates include homopolymers and copolymers of acrylate monomers, for example polybutylacrylate and copolymers derived from acrylate monomers (such as ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexylacrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate and isobutyl acrylate), and hydroxy ethyl(meth)acrylate and (meth)acrylic acid monomers. In one embodiment, the polyacrylate can have amino and hydroxy functionality. Suitable amino and hydroxyl functional acrylates are disclosed in Example 26 below and in U.S.
Patent No. 6,013,733, which is incorporated herein by reference. Another example of a useful amino and hydroxyl functional copolymer is a copolymer of hydroxy ethyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexylacrylate, isobutyl acrylate and dimethylamino ethylmethacrylate. In another embodiment, the polyacrylate can have acid functionality, which can be provided, for example, by including acid functional monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid in the components used to prepare the polyacrylate: In another embodiment, the polyacrylate can have acid functionality and hydroxyl functionality, which can be provided, for example, by including acid functional monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid and hydroxyl functional monomers such as hydroxy ethyl (meth)acrylate in the components used to prepare the polyacrylate.
In an alternative embodiment, the reactant can comprise at least one material which has at least one reactive functional group which is reversibly blocked with a silyl group. This silyl-blocked material is different from the first material, second material, dual cure material (if present) and curing agent of the composition. Hydrolysis of the silyl group regenerates the reactive functional group on the material which is available for further reaction with the curing agent.
Suitable silyl blocking groups can have the following structure (iX):
(IX) ---Si-R2 Rs wherein each R1, R2 and R3, which may be identical or different, represents an alkyl group having from 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or an allyl group.
Non-limiting examples of suitable functional groups which can be blocked by the silyl group comprise hydroxyl groups, carbamate groups, carboxyl groups, amide groups and mixtures thereof. In one embodiment, the functional groups are hydroxyl groups.
Non-limiting examples of suitable compounds which can be reacted with the functional group to form the silyl group comprise hexamethyldisilazane, trimethylchlorosilane, trimethylsilyldiethylamine, t-butyl dimethylsilyl chloride, diphenyl methyisilyl chloride, hexamethyl disilylazide, hexamethyl disiloxane, trimethylsilyl triflate, hexamethyldisilyl acetamide,'N,N'-bis[trimethylsilyl]-urea and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
Further examples of suitable compounds for silylation reactions, and suitable reaction conditions and reagents for trimethylsilylation reactions are discussed in T. Greene et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, (2d.
ed.
1991 ) at pages 68-86 and 261-263, which are incorporated herein by reference.
The backbone of the material can be a compound which comprises at least one linkage selected from an ester linkage, a urethane linkage, a urea linkage, an amide linkage, a siloxane linkage, and an ether linkage or a polymer such as a polyester, an acrylic polymer, a polyurethane, a polyether, a polyurea, a polyamide and copolymers of any of the foregoing.
Suitable compounds or polymers having ester groups and at least one reactive functional group include half-esters formed from reacting at least one polyol with at least one 1,2-anhydride. The half-esters are preferred because they are of relatively low molecular weight and are quite reactive with epoxy functionality.
The half-ester is obtained by reaction between a polyol and a 1,2-anhydride under conditions sufficient to ring open the anhydride forming the half-ester with substantially no polyesterification occurring. Such reaction products are of relativeiy low molecular weight with narrow molecular weight distributions and low viscosity. By "substantially no polyesterification occurring" means that the carboxyl groups formed by the reaction of the anhydride are not further esterified by the polyol in a recurring manner. By this is meant that less than 10, or less than 5 percent by weight of high molecular weight polyester is formed.
The 1,2-anhydride and polyol generally are mixed together and the reaction is conducted in the presence of an inert atmosphere such as nitrogen and a solvent such as a ketone or aromatic hydrocarbon to dissolve the solid ingredients and/or lower the viscosity of the reaction mixture.
For the desired ring opening reaction and half-ester formation, a 1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride is used. Reaction of a polyol with a carboxylic acid instead of an anhydride would require esterification by condensation and elimination water would have to be removed by distillation. Under these conditions, this would . promote undesired polyesterification. Also, the reaction temperature can be low, i.e., less than 135°C or from 70°C to 135°C. The time of reaction can vary somewhat depending upon the temperature of reaction, and generally ranges from 10 minutes to 24 hours.
The equivalent ratio of anhydride to hydroxyl on the polyol can be at least 0.8:1 (the anhydride being considered monofunctional) to obtain maximum conversion to the desired half-ester. Ratios less than 0.8:1 can be used but such ratios result in increased formation of lower functionality half-esters.
Useful anhydrides include aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, olefinic, cycloolefinic and aromatic anhydrides. Substituted aliphatic and aromatic anhydrides also are useful provided the substituents do not adversely affect the reactivity of the anhydride or the properties of the resultant polyester. Examples of substituents include chloro, alkyl and alkoxy. Examples of anhydrides include succinic anhydride, methylsuccinic anhydride, dodecenyl succinic anhydride, octadecenylsuccinic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, alkyl hexahydrophthalic anhydrides such as methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, tetrachlorophthalic anhydride, endomethylene tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, chlorendic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, citraconic anhydride and malefic anhydride.
Among the polyols which can be used are simple polyols, that is, those containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, as well as polymeric polyols such as polyester polyols, polyurethane polyols and acrylic polyols.
Among the simple polyols are diols, triols, tetrols and mixtures thereof.
Non-limiting examples'of the polyols include those containing from 2 to 10 carbon atoms such as aliphatic polyols. Specific examples include but are not limited to the following compositions: di-trimethylol propane (bis(2,2-dimethylol)dibutylether);
pentaerythritol; 1,2,3,4-butanetetrol; sorbitol; trimethylolpropane;
trimethylolethane; 1,2,6-hexanetriol; glycerine; trishydroxyethyl isocyanurate;
dimethylol propionic acid; 1,2,4-butanetriol; TMPlepsilon-caprolactone triols;
ethylene glycol; 1,2-propanediol; 1,3-propanediol; 1,4-butanediol; 1,5-pentanediol;
1,6-hexanediol; 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, neopentyl glycol; diethylene glycol;
dipropylene glycol; 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol and 2,2,4-trimethylpentane-1,3 diol. In one embodiment, the polyol is trimethylolpropane.
With regard to oligomeric polyols, suitable polyols are polyols made from reaction of diacids with triols, such as trimethylol propane/cyclohexane diacid and trimethylol propane/adipic acid.
With regard to polymeric polyols, the polyester polyols are prepared by esterification of an organic polycarboxyfic acid or anhydride thereof with organic polyols and/or an epoxide. Usually, the polycarboxylic acids and polyols are aliphatic or aromatic dibasic acids or acid anhydrides and diols.
The polyols which are usually employed in making the polyester include trimethylol propane, di-trimethylol propane, alkylene glycols such as ethylene glycol, neopentyl glycol and other glycols such as hydrogenated bisphenol A, cyclohexanediol, cyclohexanedimethanol, the reaction products of lactones and diols, for example, the reaction product of epsilon-caprolactone and ethylene glycol, hydroxy-alkylated bisphenols, polyester glycols, for example, poly(oxytetramethylene)glycol and the like.
The acid component of the polyester consists primarily of monomeric carboxylic acids or anhydrides having 2 to 18 carbon atoms per molecule. Among the acids which are useful are phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, methylhexahydrophthalic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, ~sebacic acid, malefic acid, glutaric acid, chlorendic acid, tetrachlorophthalic acid and other dicarboxylic acids of varying types. Also, there may be employed higher polycarboxylic acids such as trimelfitic acid and tricarbaliylic acid. However, the use of these higher functionality polycarboxylic acids are not preferred because of resultant high viscosities.
Besides the polyester polyols formed from polybasic acids and polyols, polylactone-type polyesters also can be employed. These products are formed from the reaction of a lactone such.as epsilon-caprolactone and a polyol such as ethyVene glycol, diethylene glycol and trimethyloipropane.
Besides polyester polyols, polyurethane polyols such as polyester-urethane polyols which are formed from reacting an organic polyisocyanate with a polyester polyol such as those described above can be used. The organic polyisocyanate is reacted with a polyol so that the OH/NCO equivalent ratio is greater than 1:1 so that the resultant product contains free hydroxyl groups. The organic polyisocyanate which is used in preparing the polyurethane polyols can be an aliphatic or aromatic polyisocyanate or a mixture. Diisocyanates may be used, although higher polyisocyanates such as triisocyanates also can be used, but these may result in higher viscosities.
Examples of suitable diisocyanates are 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 1,4-tetramethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate and 4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexyl isocyanate). Examples of suitable higher functionality polyisocyanates are polymethylene polyphenol isocyanates.
At least a portion or all of the acid functional groups can be silylated.
Alternatively at feast a portion or all of the acid functional groups can be converted to hydroxyl groups by reaction with an epoxy functional material such as are discussed above or aliphatic diol to provide alcoholic hydroxyl groups for silylation.
Useful epoxy functional materials include epoxy functional monomers such as glycidyl methacrylate, ethylene oxide, butylene oxide, propylene oxide, cyclohexene oxide, glycidyl ethers such as phenyl glycidyl ether, n-butyl glycidyl ether, cresyl glycidyl ether, and isopropyl glycidyl ether, -glycidyl esters such as glycidyl versatate, for example CARDURA E available from Shell Chemical Co., and mixtures of any of the foregoing. The equivalent ratio of epoxy groups to acid groups on the ester generally ranges from 0.1:1 to 2:1, can range from 0.5:1 to 1:1, and typically ranges from 0.8:1 to 1:1.
Useful aliphatic diols include diols containing a primary hydroxyl such as 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,2-pentanediol, 1,4-pentanediol, 1,2-hexanediol, 1,5-hexanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, and 3,3-dimethyl-1,2-butanediol.
A non-limiting example of a silylated compound containing ester groups for use in the coating compositions of the present invention has the following structure (X):
(X) H~( ;
CH3-Si CH3 O O
O H3C Si-CH3 H3C -Si CH3 ~ . ~ O
O O O
~CH3 O O
Other useful materials having ester, urethane, urea, amide and/or ether groups and at least one reactive functional group which are suitable for silylation are disclosed above in the discussion of suitable additional polymers.
Alternatively, useful reactants include acrylic polymers containing hydroxyl groups blocked with hydrolyzable siloxy groups (polymerized for example from vinyl monomers and trimethyl siloxy methylmethacrylate) such as are disclosed in I. Azuma et al., "Acrylic Oligomer for High Solid Automotive Top Coating System Having Excellent Acid Resistance", Progress in Organic Coatings 32 (1997) 1-7, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the silyl-blocked reactant, when added to the other components which form the composition, is present in the composition in an amount ranging from 0.1 to 90 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the silyl-blocked reactant, when added to the other components which form the coating composition, is present in the coating composition in an amount of at least 0.1 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the silyl-blocked reactant, when added to the other components which form the coating composition, is present in the coating composition in an amount of at least 1 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the silyl-blocked reactant, when added to the other components which form the coating composition in an amount of at least 5 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition.
In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the silyl-blocked reactant, when added to the other components which form the coating composition, is present in the coating composition in an amount less than 60 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition.
In a further embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the silyl-blocked reactant, when added to the other components which form the coating composition, is present in the coating composition in an amount less than 30 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions as previously described wherein the silyl-blocked reactant, when added to the other components which form the coating composition, is present in the coating composition in an amount less than 10 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition. The amount of the silyl-blocked reactant may range between any combination of these values inclusive of the recited values.
The coating compositions of the present invention can be solvent-based coating compositions, water-based coating compositions, in solid particulate form, that is, a powder coating composition, or in the form of a powder slurry or aqueous dispersion. The components of the present invention used to form the cured compositions of the present invention can be dissolved or dispersed in an organic solvent. Nonlimiting examples of suitable organic solvents include alcohols, such as butanol; ketones, such as methyl amyl ketone; aromatic hydrocarbons, such as xylene; and glycol ethers, such as, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether; esters;
other solvents; and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
In solvent based compositions, the organic solvent is generally present in amounts ranging from 5 to 80 percent by weight based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the composition, and can be present in an amount ranging from 30 to 50 percent by weight, inclusive of the recited values.
The compositions as described above can have a total solids content ranging from 40 to 75 percent by weight based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the composition, and can have a total solids content ranging from 50 to 70 percent by weight, inclusive of the recited values.
Alternatively, the inventive compositions can be in solid particulate form suitable for use as a powder coating, or suitable for dispersion in a liquid medium such as water for use as a powder slurry.
In a further embodiment, a catalyst can be present during the coating composition's formation. Nonlimiting examples of suitable catalysts include acidic materials, for example acid phosphates, such as phenyl acid phosphate, and substituted or unsubstituted sulfonic acids such as dodecylbenzene sulfonic acid or para-toluene sulfonic acid and other catalysts such as N,N'-dimethyldodecyl amine catalysts and tin catalysts such as dibutyl tin dilaurate. The catalyst can be present, when added to the other components which form the coating composition, in an amount ranging from 0.1 to 5.0 percent by weight based on the total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition, inclusive of the recited values.
In another embodiment, additional components can be present during the formation of the coating compositions as previously described. These additional components include, but are not limited to, flexibilizers, plasticizers, 'surface active agents as defined herein (such as, for example polysiloxanes), thixotropic agents, anti-gassing agents, organic cosolvents, flow controllers, hindered amine light stabilizers, anti-oxidants, UV light absorbers, coloring agents or tints, and similar additives conventional in the art, as well as mixtures of any of the foregoing can be included in the coating composition. These additional ingredients can present, when added to the other components which form the coating composition, in an amount up to 40 percent by weight based on the total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition, inclusive of the recited values.
The amount of the coating composition applied to the substrate can vary based upon such factors as the type of substrate and intended use of the substrate, i.e., the environment in which the substrate is to be placed and the nature of the contacting materials.
In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coated substrate comprising a substrate and a coating composition coated over at least a portion of the substrate, wherein the coating composition is selected from any of the foregoing coating compositions. In still another embodiment, the present is directed to a method of coating a substrate which comprises applying a coating composition over at least a portion of the substrate, wherein the coating composition is selected from any of the foregoing coating compositions.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method of coating a substrate further comprising a step of curing the coating composition after application to the substrate. The components used to form the coating compositions in these embodiments can be selected from the components discussed above, and additional components also can be selected from those recited above.
As used herein, a composition "over at least a portion of a substrate" refers to a composition directly applied to at least a portion of the substrate, as well as a composition applied to any coating material which was previously applied to at least a portion of the substrate.
The coating compositions of the present invention can be applied over virtually any substrate including wood, metals, glass, cloth, plastic, foam, polymeric substrates such as elastomeric substrates, and the like. In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coated substrate as previously described wherein the coated substrate is a flexible substrate. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coated substrate as previously described wherein the coated substrate is a rigid substrate.
In a further embodiment, the present invention is directed to coated substrates as previously described wherein the coated substrate is a ceramic substrate. fn still another embodiment, the present invention is directed to coated substrates as previously described wherein the coated substrate is a polymeric substrate. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a coated metallic substrate comprising a metallic substrate and a cured composition coated over at least a portion of the metallic substrate, wherein the cured composition is selected from any of the foregoing compositions. The components used to form the cured compositions in these embodiments can be selected from the components discussed above, and additional components also can be selected from those recited above.
A further embodiment of the present invention is directed to a coated automobile substrate comprising an automobile substrate and a cured composition coated over at least a portion of the automobile substrate, wherein the cured composition is selected from any of the foregoing compositions. In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method of making a coated automobile substrate comprising providing an automobile substrate and applying over at least a portion of the automotive substrate a coating composition selected from any of the foregoing compositions. ' Again, the components used to form the cured compositions in these embodiments can be selected from the components discussed above, and additional components also can be selected from those recited above.
Suitable flexible elastomeric substrates can include any of the thermoplastic or thermoset synthetic materials well known in the art.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable flexible elastomeric substrate materials include polyethylene, polypropylene, thermoplastic polyolefin ("TPO"), reaction injected molded polyurethane ("RIM"), and thermoplastic polyurethane ("TPU").
Nonlimiting examples of thermoset materials useful as substrates in connection with the present invention include polyesters, epoxides, phenolics, polyurethanes such as "RIM" thermoset materials, and mixtures of any of the foregoing. Nonlimiting examples of suitable thermoplastic materials include thermoplastic polyolefins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polyamides such as nylon, thermoplastic polyurethanes, thermoplastic polyesters, acrylic polymers, vinyl polymers, polycarbonates, acryfonitrile-butadiene-styrene ("ABS") copolymers, ethylene propylene diene terpolymer ("EPDM") rubber, copolymers, and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable metal substrates include ferrous metals (e.g., iron, steel, and alloys thereof), nonferrous metals (e.g., aluminum, zinc, magnesium, and alloys thereof), and mixtures of any of the foregoing. In the particular use of automobile components, the substrate can be formed from cold rolled steel, electrogalvanized steel such as hot dip electrogalvanized steel, electrogalvanized iron-zinc steel, aluminum, and magnesium.
When the substrates are used as components to fabricate automotive vehicles (including, but not limited to, automobiles, trucks and tractors) they can have any shape, and can be selected from the metallic and flexible substrates described above. Typical shapes of automotive body components can include bodies (frames), hoods, doors, fenders, bumpers, and trim for automotive vehicles.
In a further embodiment, the present invention is directed to coated automotive substrates as previously described wherein the coated automotive substrate is a hood. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to coated automotive substrates as previously described wherein the coated automotive substrate is a door. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to coated automotive substrates as previously described wherein the coated automotive substrate is a fender. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to coated automotive substrates as previously described wherein the coated automotive substrate is a quarterpanel. The components used to form the cured compositions used to coat the automotive substrates in these embodiments can be selected from the components discussed above.
In embodiments of the present invention directed to automotive applications, the cured compositions can be, for example, the electrodeposition coating, the primer coating, the basecoat, and/or the topcoat. Suitable topcoats include monocoats and basecoatlclearcoat composites. Monocoats are formed from one or more layers of a colored coating composition. Basecoat/clearcoat composites comprise one or more layers of a colored basecoat composition, and one or more layers of a clearcoating composition, wherein the basecoat composition has at least one component which is different from the clearcoat composition. In the embodiments of the present invention directed to automotive applications, the clearcoat can be transparent after application.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to multi-component composite cured compositions comprising a basecoat deposited from a pigmented coating composition, and a topcoating composition applied over the basecoat, wherein the topcoating composition is selected from any of the compositions previously described.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a multi-component composite cured composition as previously described, wherein the topcoating composition is transparent after curing and is selected from any of the cured compositions previously described. The components used to form the topcoating composition in these embodiments can be selected from the coating components discussed above, and additional components also can be selected from those recited above.
The basecoat and transparent topcoat (i.e., clearcoat) compositions used in the multi-component composite cured compositions of the present invention in certain instances can be formulated into liquid high solids compositions, that is, compositions containing 40 percent, or greater than 50 percent by weight resin solids. The solids content can be determined by heating a sample of the cured composition to 105°C to 110°C for 1-2 hours to drive off the volatile material, and subsequently measuring relative weight loss. As aforementioned, although the cured compositions can be formed from liquid coating compositions, they also can be formed from coating compositions formulated as powder coating compositions.
The coating composition of the basecoat in the color-plus-clear system can be any of the compositions useful in coatings applications, particularly automotive applications. The coating composition of the basecoat can be formed from components comprising a resinous binder and a pigment to act as the colorant.
Nonlimiting examples of resinous binders are acrylic polymers, polyesters, alkyds, and polyurethanes.
The resinous binders for the basecoat can be organic solvent-based materials such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 4,220,679, note column 2, line 24 continuing through column 4, line 40, which portions is incorporated by reference. Also, water-based coating compositions such as those described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,403,003, 4,147,679 and 5,071,904 can be used as the binder in the basecoat composition. These U.S. patents are incorporated herein by reference.
The basecoat composition can comprise one or more pigments as colorants. Nonlimiting examples of suitable metallic pigments include aluminum flake, copper bronze flake, and metal oxide coated mica.
Besides the metallic pigments, the basecoat compositions can contain nonmetallic color pigments conventionally used in surface coatings such as, for example inorganic pigments such as titanium dioxide, iron oxide, chromium oxide, lead chromate, and carbon black; and organic pigments such as phthalocyanine blue and phthalocyanine green.
Optional ingredients in the basecoat composition can comprise those which are well known in the art of formulating surface coatings and can comprise surface active agents, flow control agents, thixotropic agents, fillers, anti-gassing agents, organic co-solvents, catalysts, and other customary auxiliaries.
Nonlimiting examples of these materials and suitable amounts are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,220,679; 4,403,003; 4,147,769; and 5,071,904, which are incorporated herein by reference.
The basecoat compositions can be applied to the substrate by any conventional coating technique such as brushing, spraying, dipping, or flowing.
Spray techniques and equipment for air spraying, airless spray; and electrostatic spraying in either manual or automatic methods, known in the art can be used.
During application of the basecoat to the substrate, the film thickness of the basecoat formed on the substrate can range from 0.1 to 5 mils. In another embodiment, the film thickness of the basecoat formed on the substrate can range 0.1 to 1 mils, and can be 0.4 mils.
After forming a film of the basecoat on the substrate, the basecoat can be cured or alternatively given a drying step in which solvent is driven out of the basecoat film by heating or an air drying period before application of the clearcoat.
Suitable drying conditions may depend on the particular basecoat composition, and on the ambient humidity if the composition is water-borne, but a drying time from 1 to 15 minutes at a temperature of 75° to 200°F can be adequate.
The transparent or clear topcoat composition can be applied to the basecoat by any conventional coating technique, including, but not limited to, compressed air spraying, electrostatic spraying, and either manual or automatic methods. The transparent topcoat can be applied to a cured or to a dried basecoat before the basecoat has been cured. In the latter instance, the two coatings can then be heated to cure both coating layers simultaneously. The clearcoating thickness (dry film thickness) can be 1 to 6 mils.
The coating composition can be cured by the combination of ionizing or actinic radiation and thermal energy as described in detail above. Typical radiation energy curing conditions are discussed in detail above. Typical thermal energy curing conditions can range from 50°F to 475°F (10°C to 246°F) for 1 to 30 minutes.
A second topcoat coating composition can be applied to the first topcoat to form a "clear-on-clear" topcoat. The first topcoat coating composition can be applied over the basecoat as described above. The second topcoat coating composition can be applied to a cured or to a dried first topcoat before the basecoat and first topcoat have been cured. The basecoat, the first topcoat, and the second topcoat can then be heated to cure the three coatings simultaneously.
It should be understood that the second transparent topcoat and the first transparent topcoat coating compositions can be the same or different provided that, when applied wet-on-wet, one topcoat does not substantially interfere with the curing of the other for example by inhibiting solvent/water evaporation from a lower layer. Moreover, the first topcoat, the second topcoat or both can be the cured composition of the present invention. The first transparent topcoat composition can be virtually any transparent topcoating composition known to those skilled in the art. The first transparent topcoat composition can be water-borne or solventborne, or, alternatively, in solid particulate form, i.e., a powder coating.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable first topcoating compositions include crosslinkable coating compositions comprising at least one thermosettable coating material and at least one curing agent. Suitable waterborne clearcoats are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,098,947, which patent is incorporated herein by reference, and are based on water-soluble acrylic resins. Useful solvent borne clearcoats are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,196,485 and 5,814,410, which patents are incorporated herein by reference, and include polyepoxides and polyacid curing agents. Suitable powder clearcoats are described in U.S.
Patent No. 5,663,240, which is incorporated herein by reference, and include epoxy functional acrylic copolymers and polycarboxylic acid curing agents.
Typically, after forming the first topcoat over the basecoat, the first topcoat is given a drying step in which solvent is driven out of the film by heating or, alternatively, an air drying period or curing step, before the application of the second topcoat. Suitable drying conditions will depend on the particular first topcoat composition, and on the ambient humidity if the composition is water-borne, but, in general, a drying time from 1 to 15 minutes at a temperature of 75°
to 200°F will be adequate.
The polysiloxane-containing second topcoat coating composition of the present invention can be applied as described above for the first topcoat by any conventional coating application technique. Curing conditions can be those described above for the topcoat. The second topcoating dry film thickness can range from 0.1 to 3 mils (7.5 micrometers to 75 micrometers).
It should be mentioned that the polysiloxane-containing coating compositions can be advantageously formulated as a "monocoat," that is a coating which forms essentially one coating layer when applied to a substrate.
The monocoat coating composition can be pigmented. Nonlimiting examples of suitable pigments include those mentioned above. When employed as a monocoat, the polysiloxane-containing coating compositions of the present invention can be applied (by any of the conventional application techniques discussed above) in two or more successive coats, and, in certain instances can be applied with only an ambient flash period between coats. The multi-coats when cured can form essentially one coating layer.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method for making a multi-component composite comprising (a) applying a pigmented composition to a substrate to form a basecoat; and (b) applying a topcoating composition over at least a portion of the basecoat to form a topcoat thereon, wherein the topcoating composition, is selected from any of the compositions described above. The components used to form the topcoating composition in this embodiment can be selected from the coating components discussed above, and additional components also can be selected from those recited above.
The coatings formed from the cured compositions according to the present invention can have outstanding appearance properties and initial scratch (mar) resistance properties, as well as post-weathering or "retained" scratch (mar) resistance, which can be evaluated by measuring the gloss of coated substrates before and after abrading of the coated substrates.
The initial 20°- gloss of a coated substrate according to the present invention can be measured with a 20°- NOVO-GLOSS 20 statistical glossmeter, available from Gardner Instrument Company, Inc. The coated~substrate can be subjected to scratch testing by linearly scratching the coating or substrate with a weighted .abrasive paper for ten double rubs using an Atlas AATCC Scratch Tester, Model CM-5, available from Atlas Electrical Devices Company of Chicago, Illinois. The abrasive paper is 3M 281Q WETORDRYT"" PRODUCTIONT"~ 9 micron polishing paper sheets, which are commercially available from 3M
Company of St. Paul, Minnesota. Panels are then rinsed with tap water and carefully patted dry with a paper towel. The 20°- gloss is measured on the scratched area of each test panel. The number reported is the percent of the initial gloss retained after scratch testing, i.e., 100% X scratched gloss /
initial gloss. This test method is fully disclosed in the examples that follow.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions having an initial 20° gloss (as measured using a 20° NOVO-GLOSS
20 statistical glossmeter, available from Gardner Instrument Company described above) of greater than 40, the compositions being any of the foregoing compositions according to the present invention. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions having an initial 20° gloss (as measured using a 20° NOVO-GLOSS 20 statistical glossmeter, available from Gardner Instrument Company described above) of greater than 50, or greater than 70, the compositions being any of the foregoing compositions according to the present invention.
Moreover, in another embodiment, the present invention is directed to cured compositions having a post-weathering or "retained" scratch resistance value such that after scratch testing, greater than 40 percent of initial 20° gloss is retained. Moreover, the cured compositions of the present invention can have a post-weathering scratch resistance (as measured using the scratch test method described above after the unscratched test panels were subjected to simulated weathering by QUV exposure to UVA-340 bulbs in a weathering cabinet available from Q Panel Company) such that greater than 50 percent, or greater than 60 percent of initial 20° gloss is retained after weathering.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to methods of improving the scratch resistance of a substrate comprising applying to the substrate any of the inventive compositions described for the substrate. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method of improving the dirt repellency of a substrate comprising applying to the comprising any of the inventive compositions described for the substrate.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method for retaining the gloss of a substrate over time comprising applying to the substrate comprising any of the inventive compositions described for the substrate. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method for revitalizing the gloss of a substrate comprising applying to the substrate any of the inventive compositions described for the substrate.
In another embodiment, the cured compositions of the present invention also can be useful as decorative or protective coatings for pigmented plastic (elastomeric) substrates, such as those described above;' or mold-in-color ("MIC") plastic substrates. In these applications, the compositions can be applied directly to the plastic substrate or included in the molding matrix. Optionally, an adhesion promoter can first be applied directly to the plastic or elastomeric substrate and the composition applied as a topcoat thereover. The compositions of the present invention also can be advantageously formulated as pigmented coating compositions for use as primer coatings, as basecoats in multi-component composite coatings, and as monocoat topcoats including pigments or colorants.
The components used to form the compositions in these embodiments can be selected from the coating components discussed 'above, and additional components also can be selected from those recited above.
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, a cured composition is provided which comprises particles dispersed in a cured composition comprising one or more thermoplastic materials. As previously described, the concentration of particles is greater in the surface region than in the bulk region. The cured composition can be derived from a thermoplastic resinous coating composition.
Nonlimiting examples of suitable thermoplastic materials include high molecular weight (i.e., Mw greater than 20,000, greater than 40,000, or greater than 60,000), acrylic polymers, polyolefin polymers, polyamide polymers, and polyester polymers suitable for use in lacquer dry systems. One nonlimiting example of a class of thermoplastic materials from which the cured composition can be derived is ffuoropolymer-acrylic copolymers such as those prepared from polyvinylidene fluoride, for example KYNAR 500 (available from Ausimont USA, Inc.) and thermoplastic acrylic copolymers, such as ACRYLOID B44 (65% methyl methacrylate and 35°!° ethyl acrylate), available from Dock Resin, Inc.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method for retaining the gloss of a polymeric substrate or polymer coated substrate after a predetermined period of time comprising applying to the substrate comprising any of the inventive compositions described for the substrate. This predetermined period of time can generally be at least 6 months and can be at least one year. In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method for revitalizing the gloss of a polymeric substrate or polymer coated substrate comprising applying to the substrate any of the inventive compositions described above.
Illustrating the invention is the following example.which, however, is not to be considered as limiting the invention to their details. Unless otherwise indicated, all parts and percentages in the following examples, as well as throughout the specification, are by weight.
EXAMPLE
A dual cure (ultraviolet radiation and thermal cure) coating composition was prepared and evaluated as discussed below.
The coating composition was made by adding each of the ingredients under agitation in the order listed in Table 1 below. The acrylic polyol and isocyanurate were preblended before the addition to the other ingredients.
Table '1 Ingredient Description Solids Weight SR355' DiTMP Tetraac late 27.3 27.3 Clariant HIGHLINK Colloidal Silica in 41.9 41.9 OG tripropylene 108-32 I col diac late DAROCURE 4265 Photoinitiator 2.0 2.0 TINUVIN 400 UV Absorber ~ 3.0 3.0 T1NUVIN 292' Hindered Amine Light 0.8 0.8 Stabilizer RC-68-1497 Ac (ic Pol of Resin 15.6 23.3 DESMODUR N-3300 Isoc anurate of HDI 9.4 9.4 Total 100.0 107.7 ' Ditrimethylolpropane tetraacryiate which is available from Sartomer Company, inc.
2 Acrylic polyol prepared from 14.5% butyl acrylate, 14.5% butyl methacrylate, 27.5% isobornyl methacrylate, 22.6% hydropropyl methacrylate, 20.4% hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.4% acrylic acid and having the following properties: Solids 67% in Aromatic 100 solvent, MW 2336, M~ 1236 and OH Value of 116.8.
3 Phosphine Oxide as a 50:50 blend of 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl propan-1-one and 2,4,6 trimethyi benzoyi diphenyl phosphine oxide such as DAROCURE 4265, which is commercially available from Ciba-Geigy Corporation.
4 Isocyanurate of hexamethylene diisocyanate available from Bayer Corporation.
The coating composition was applied over pretreated and basecoated panels as described below. The panels used were cold rolled steel panels (size inches x 12 inches (10.16 cm by 30.48 cm)) coated with ED5000 electrocoat (available from PPG Industries, Inc). The test panels are available from ACT
Laboratories, Inc. of Hillsdale, Michigan. The basecoat (BWB-8555 black waterborne basecoat available from PPG Industries, Inc.) was spray applied at 0.6 mils (15 micrometers) dry film thickness and fully baked for 30 minutes at 285°F
(141 °C). The coating composition of the present invention was applied using a 7 mil (179 micrometers) drawdown bar over the basecoat to approximately 1.0-1.2 mils (26-31 micrometers) dry film thickness. The clearcoat was flashed at ambient temperature (25°C) for five minutes and then cured using ultraviolet light at 576 _77_ mJoules/cm2 at a line speed of 70 feet per minute (21.3 meters per minute) and then thermally cured for 30 minutes at 285°F (141 °C).
The coating on the panel was evaluated for scratch resistance as follows.
20° gloss was measured with a Statistical Novo-Gloss 20° gloss meter, available from Paul N. Gardner Company, Inc. Coated panels were subjected to scratch testing by linearly scratching the coated surface with a weighted abrasive paper for ten double rubs using an Atlas AATCC Scratch Tester, Model CM-5, available from Atias Electrical Devices Company of Chicago, Illinois. The abrasive paper used was 3M 281Q WETORDRYT"~ PRODUCTIONT"~ 9 micron polishing paper sheets, which are commercially available from 3M Company of St. Paul, Minnesota. Panels were then rinsed with tap water and carefully patted dry with a paper towel. The 20°- gloss was measured (using the same gloss meter as that used for the initial 20° gloss) on the scratched area of each test panel. Using the lowest 20° gloss reading from the scratched area, the scratch results are reported as the percent of the initial gloss retained after scratch testing using the following calculation: 100% * scratched gloss = initial gloss. Higher values for percent of gloss retained are desirable.
The test results are given in Table 2 below.
Table 2 Clearcoat Initial20 Gloss after Scratch% Gloss 20 Testing Retention Gloss UV / Thermal Dual 82 7g gg Cure The compositions of the present invention can provide numerous advantages in coating applications, including, but not limited to, good initial and retained scratch resistance, good appearance properties such as gloss and distinctiveness of image, and physical properties such as good flexibility and weatherabifity.
It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that changes could be made to the embodiments described above without departing from the broad inventive concept thereof. It is understood, therefore, that this invention is not limited to the particular embodiments disclosed, but it is intended to cover modifications which are within the spirit and scope of the invention, as defined by the appended claims.
_79_
Claims (87)
1. A coating composition formed from components comprising:
(a) at least one first material comprising at least one radiation curable reactive functional group;
(b) at least one second material comprising at least one thermally curable reactive functional group;
(c) at least one curing agent reactive with the at least one thermally curable reactive functional group, the at least one curing agent being selected from aminoplast resins, polyisocyanates, blocked polyisocyanates, triazine derived isocyanates, polyepoxides, polyacids, polyols and mixtures of the foregoing; and (d) a plurality of particles selected from inorganic particles, composite particles, and mixtures of the foregoing, wherein each component is different.
(a) at least one first material comprising at least one radiation curable reactive functional group;
(b) at least one second material comprising at least one thermally curable reactive functional group;
(c) at least one curing agent reactive with the at least one thermally curable reactive functional group, the at least one curing agent being selected from aminoplast resins, polyisocyanates, blocked polyisocyanates, triazine derived isocyanates, polyepoxides, polyacids, polyols and mixtures of the foregoing; and (d) a plurality of particles selected from inorganic particles, composite particles, and mixtures of the foregoing, wherein each component is different.
2. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the at least one radiation curable reactive functional group is selected from vinyl groups, vinyl ether groups, unsaturated ester groups, epoxy groups, maleimide groups, and fumarate groups.
3. A coating composition according to claim 2, wherein the at least one radiation curable reactive functional group is an unsaturated ester group selected from acrylate groups, methacrylate groups, and ethacrylate groups.
4. A coating composition according to claim 3, wherein the unsaturated ester group is an acrylate group.
5. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the first material comprises polysiloxane.
6. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the first material, when added to other components that form the coating composition, is present in the coating composition in an amount ranging from 1 to 99 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition
7. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the at least one radiation curable reactive functional group is curable by ionizing radiation.
8. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the at least one radiation curable reactive functional group is curable by actinic radiation.
9. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the at least one radiation curable reactive functional group is curable by ultraviolet radiation.
10. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the at least one thermally curable reactive functional group is selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl groups, vinyl groups, urethane groups, urea groups, amide groups, carbamate groups, isocyanate groups, blocked isocyanate groups, epoxy groups, carbonyl groups, amine groups, anhydride groups, hydroxyalkyl amide groups, and aziridine groups.
11. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the second material is a film-forming polymer selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl functional polymers, polyesters, acrylic polymers, polyurethanes, polyureas, polyamides, carbamate functional polymers, polyisocyanates different from curing agent (c), blocked polyisocyanates different from curing agent (c), polyepoxides different from curing agent (c), polyethers, polyacids different from curing agent (c), polyamines, polyanhydrides and copolymers and mixtures of the foregoing.
2. A coating composition according to claim 11, wherein the second material comprises at least one polysiloxane.
13. A coating composition according to claim 12, wherein the at least one polysiloxane comprises at least one of the following structural units (I):
(I) R1n R2m SiO(4-n-m)/2 wherein each R1, which may be identical or different, represents H, OH, a monovalent hydrocarbon group or a monovalent siloxane group; each R2, which may be identical or different, represents a group comprising at least one reactive functional group, wherein m and n each represents a number fulfilling the requirements of 0<n<4, 0<m<4 and 2<=(m+n)<4.
(I) R1n R2m SiO(4-n-m)/2 wherein each R1, which may be identical or different, represents H, OH, a monovalent hydrocarbon group or a monovalent siloxane group; each R2, which may be identical or different, represents a group comprising at least one reactive functional group, wherein m and n each represents a number fulfilling the requirements of 0<n<4, 0<m<4 and 2<=(m+n)<4.
14. A coating composition according to claim 13, wherein each R2, which may be identical or different, represents a group comprising at least one reactive functional group selected from a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an isocyanate group, a blocked polyisocyanate group, a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, an amide group, a carbamate group, a urea group, a urethane group, a vinyl group, an unsaturated ester group, a maleimide group, a fumarate group, an anhydride group, a hydroxy alkylamide group, and an epoxy group.
15. A composition according to claim 12, wherein the at least one polysiloxane has the following structure (II) or (III):
wherein:
m has a value of at least 1;
m' ranges from 0 to 75;
n ranges from 0 to 75;
n' ranges from 0 to 75;
each R, which may be identical or different, is selected from H, OH, monovalent hydrocarbon groups, monovalent siloxane groups, and mixtures of any of the foregoing; and -R a comprises the following structure (IV):
(IV) -R3-X
wherein -R3 is selected from an alkylene group, an oxyalkylene group, an alkylene aryl group, an alkenylene group, an oxyalkenylene group, and an alkenylene aryl group; and X represents a group which comprises at least one reactive functional group selected from a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an isocyanate group, a blocked polyisocyanate group, a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, an amide group, a carbamate group, a urea group, a urethane group, a vinyl group, an unsaturated ester group, a maleimide group, a fumarate group, an anhydride group, a hydroxy alkylamide group, and an epoxy group.
wherein:
m has a value of at least 1;
m' ranges from 0 to 75;
n ranges from 0 to 75;
n' ranges from 0 to 75;
each R, which may be identical or different, is selected from H, OH, monovalent hydrocarbon groups, monovalent siloxane groups, and mixtures of any of the foregoing; and -R a comprises the following structure (IV):
(IV) -R3-X
wherein -R3 is selected from an alkylene group, an oxyalkylene group, an alkylene aryl group, an alkenylene group, an oxyalkenylene group, and an alkenylene aryl group; and X represents a group which comprises at least one reactive functional group selected from a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an isocyanate group, a blocked polyisocyanate group, a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, an amide group, a carbamate group, a urea group, a urethane group, a vinyl group, an unsaturated ester group, a maleimide group, a fumarate group, an anhydride group, a hydroxy alkylamide group, and an epoxy group.
16. A coating composition according to claim 12, wherein the at least one polysiloxane is present in an amount of 0.5 to 75 weight percent on a basis of total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition.
17. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the second material, when added to other components that form the coating composition, is present in the coating composition in an amount ranging from 0.5 to 98.5 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition.
18. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the curing agent is selected from an aminoplast resin, a polyisocyanate and a blocked polyisocyanate.
19. A coating composition according to claim 18, wherein the curing agent is a polyisocyanate.
20. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the curing agent, when added to other components that form the coating composition, is present in the coating composition in an amount ranging from 0.5 to 65 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the coating composition.
21. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the particles are selected from fumed silica, amorphous silica, colloidal silica, alumina, colloidal alumina, titanium dioxide, cesium oxide, yttrium oxide, colloidal yttria, zirconia, colloidal zirconia and mixtures of any of the foregoing.
22. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the particles are surface treated.
23. A coating composition according to claim 21, wherein the particles include colloidal silica.
24. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the particles have an average particle size of less than 100 micrometers prior to incorporation into the composition.
25. A coating composition according to claim 24, wherein the particles have an average particle size of less than 50 micrometers prior to incorporation into the composition.
26. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the particles have an average particle size ranging from 1 to less than 1000 nanometers prior to incorporation into the composition.
27. A coating composition according to claim 26, wherein the particles have an average particle size ranging from 1 to 100 nanometers prior to incorporation into the composition.
28. A coating composition according to claim 27, wherein the particles have an average particle size ranging from 5 to 50 nanometers prior to incorporation into the composition.
29. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the particles, when added to the other components that form the composition, are present in the composition in an amount ranging from 0.01 to 75 weight percent based on total weight of the resin solids of the components which form the composition.
30. A coating composition according to claim 29, wherein the particles are present in an amount of at least 0.1 weight percent.
31. A coating composition according to claim 30, wherein the particles are present in an amount of at least 0.5 weight percent.
32. A coating composition according to claim 31, wherein the particles are present in an amount of at least 5 weight percent.
33. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the components which form the composition comprise at least one surface active agent.
34. A coating composition according to claim 33, wherein the at least one surface active agent is selected from an anionic surface active agent, a nonionic surface active agent and a cationic surface active agent.
35. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the components which form the composition comprise at least one photoinitiator.
36. A coating composition according to claim 35, wherein the at least one photoinitiator is selected from benzoin, benzophenone, hydroxy benzophenone, anthraquinone, thioxanthone, substituted benzoins such as butyl isomers of benzoin ethers, .alpha.,.alpha.-diethoxyacetophenone, .alpha.,.alpha.-dimethoxy-.alpha.-phenylacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl propane 1-one, 2,4,6-trimethyl benzoyl diphenyl phosphine oxide, and mixtures of the foregoing.
37. A coating composition according to claim 35, wherein the at feast one photoinitiator is a 50:50 blend of 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl propan-1-one and 2,4,6-trimethyl benzoyl diphenyl phosphine oxide.
38. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the components from which the composition is formed comprise at least one material which has at least one reactive functional group which is blocked with a silyl group.
39. A coating composition according to claim 38, wherein the silyl blocking group has the following structure (IX):
wherein each R1, R2 and R3, which may be identical or different, represents an alkyl group having from 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or an allyl group.
wherein each R1, R2 and R3, which may be identical or different, represents an alkyl group having from 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or an allyl group.
40. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the composition when cured has an initial scratch resistance value such that after scratch testing greater than 40 percent of the initial 20° gloss is retained.
41. A coating composition according to claim 1, wherein the composition when cured has a retained scratch resistance value such that after scratch testing greater than 30 percent of the initial 20° gloss is retained.
42. A cured coating formed from the composition of claim 1.
43. A cured composition according to claim 42, wherein the cured composition is cured by exposure to (1) ionizing radiation or actinic radiation and (2) thermal energy.
44. A cured composition according to claim 42, wherein the cured composition is cured by exposure to (1) ultraviolet radiation and (2) thermal energy.
45. A coated substrate comprising a substrate and a composition according to claim 1 deposited over at least a portion of the substrate.
46. A method for forming a cured coating on a substrate comprising applying over at least a portion of the substrate a coating composition according to claim 1.
47. A method according to claim 46, comprising the step of exposing the coating composition to (1) ionizing radiation or actinic radiation and (2) thermal energy.
48. A method according to claim 46, wherein the substrate is an automotive substrate.
49. A coated automobile substrate comprising an automobile substrate and a composition according to claim 1 deposited over at least a portion of the automobile substrate.
50. A coated automobile substrate according to claim 49, wherein the automobile substrate is a bumper.
51. A coated automobile substrate according to claim 49, wherein the automobile substrate is a hood.
52. A coated automobile substrate according to claim 49, wherein the automobile substrate is a door.
53. A coated automobile substrate according to claim 49, wherein the automobile substrate is a fender.
54. A multi-component composite coating composition comprising a basecoat deposited from a pigmented coating composition, and a composition according to claim 1 applied over at least a portion of the basecoat.
55. A multi-component composite according to claim 54, wherein the composition is a topcoat.
56. A multi-component composite according to claim 55, wherein the composition is transparent when cured.
57. A method for making a multi-component composite comprising:
(a) applying a pigmented coating composition to a substrate to form a basecoat;
(b) applying a coating composition according to claim 1 as a topcoating composition over at least a portion of the basecoat; and (c) curing the coating composition to form a cured coating.
(a) applying a pigmented coating composition to a substrate to form a basecoat;
(b) applying a coating composition according to claim 1 as a topcoating composition over at least a portion of the basecoat; and (c) curing the coating composition to form a cured coating.
58. A method according to claim 57, wherein the topcoating composition is cured by exposure to (1) ionizing radiation or actinic radiation and (2) thermal energy after application to the substrate.
59. A method for improving the scratch resistance of a polymeric substrate or polymer coated substrate comprising forming a composition according to claim 1 over at least a portion of the substrate.
60. A method for retaining the gloss of a polymeric substrate or polymer coated substrate over a predetermined period of time comprising forming a composition according to claim 1 over the surface of the substrate.
61. A method for revitalizing the gloss of a polymeric substrate or polymer coated substrate comprising forming a composition according to claim 1 over the surface of the substrate.
62. A coating composition formed from components comprising:
(a) a first material comprising at least one radiation curable reactive functional group;
(b) a second material comprising at least one thermally curable reactive functional group;
(c) at least one curing agent reactive with the at least one thermally curable reactive functional group, the at least one curing agent being selected from aminoplast resins, polyisocyanates, blocked polyisocyanates, triazine derived isocyanates, polyepoxides, polyacids, polyols and mixtures of the foregoing; and (d) a plurality of particles, wherein each component is different.
(a) a first material comprising at least one radiation curable reactive functional group;
(b) a second material comprising at least one thermally curable reactive functional group;
(c) at least one curing agent reactive with the at least one thermally curable reactive functional group, the at least one curing agent being selected from aminoplast resins, polyisocyanates, blocked polyisocyanates, triazine derived isocyanates, polyepoxides, polyacids, polyols and mixtures of the foregoing; and (d) a plurality of particles, wherein each component is different.
63. A composition according to claim 62, wherein the composition when cured has an initial scratch resistance value such that after scratch testing greater than 40 percent of the initial 20° gloss is retained.
64. A composition according to claim 62, wherein the composition when cured has a retained scratch resistance value such that after scratch testing greater than 30 percent of the initial 20° gloss is retained.
65. A cured coating formed from the composition of claim 62.
66. A coated substrate comprising a substrate and a composition according to claim 62 deposited over at least a portion of the substrate.
67. A method for forming a cured coating on a substrate comprising applying over at least a portion of the substrate a coating composition according to claim 62.
68. A method according to claim 67, wherein the coating composition is cured by exposing the coating composition to (1) actinic or ionizing radiation and (2) thermal energy after application to the substrate.
69. A method according to claim 67, wherein the substrate is an automotive substrate.
70. A coated automobile substrate comprising an automobile substrate and a composition according to claim 62 deposited over at least a portion of the automobile substrate.
71. A multi-component composite coating composition comprising a basecoat deposited from a pigmented coating composition, and a composition according to claim 62 applied over at least a portion of the basecoat.
72. A method for making a multi-component composite comprising:
(a) applying a pigmented composition to a substrate to form a basecoat;
(b) applying a coating composition according to claim 62 as a topcoating composition over at least a portion of the basecoat; and (c) curing the coating composition to form a cured coating.
(a) applying a pigmented composition to a substrate to form a basecoat;
(b) applying a coating composition according to claim 62 as a topcoating composition over at least a portion of the basecoat; and (c) curing the coating composition to form a cured coating.
73. A method for improving the scratch resistance of a polymeric substrate or polymer coated substrate comprising forming a composition according to claim 62 over at least a portion of the substrate.
74. A method for retaining the gloss of a polymeric substrate or polymer coated substrate over a predetermined period of time comprising forming a composition according to claim 62 over the surface of the substrate.
75. A method for revitalizing the gloss of a polymeric substrate or polymer coated substrate comprising forming a composition according to claim over the surface of the substrate.
76. A coating composition formed from components comprising:
(a) at least one material comprising at least one ultraviolet radiation curable reactive functional group and at least one thermally curable reactive functional group;.
(b) at least one curing agent reactive with the at least one thermally curable reactive functional group, the at least one curing agent being selected from polyisocyanates, blocked polyisocyanates, triazine derived isocyanates, polyepoxides, polyacids, polyols and mixtures of the foregoing; and (c) a plurality of particles, wherein each component is different.
(a) at least one material comprising at least one ultraviolet radiation curable reactive functional group and at least one thermally curable reactive functional group;.
(b) at least one curing agent reactive with the at least one thermally curable reactive functional group, the at least one curing agent being selected from polyisocyanates, blocked polyisocyanates, triazine derived isocyanates, polyepoxides, polyacids, polyols and mixtures of the foregoing; and (c) a plurality of particles, wherein each component is different.
77. A composition according to claim 76, wherein the composition when cured has an initial scratch resistance value such that after scratch testing greater than 40 percent of the initial 20° gloss is retained.
78. A composition according to claim 76, wherein the composition when cured has a retained scratch resistance value such-that after scratch testing greater than 30 percent of the initial 20° gloss is retained.
79. A cured coating formed from the composition of claim 76.
80. A coated substrate comprising a substrate and a composition according to claim 76 deposited over at least a portion of the substrate.
81. A method for forming a cured composition on a substrate comprising applying over at least a portion of the substrate a coating composition according to claim 76 and curing the coating composition after application to the substrate.
82. A coated automobile substrate comprising an automobile substrate and a composition according to claim 76 deposited over at least a portion of the automobile substrate.
83. A multi-component composite coating composition comprising a basecoat deposited from a pigmented coating composition, and a composition according to claim 76 applied over at least a portion of the basecoat.
84. A method for making a multi-component composite comprising:
(a) applying a pigmented composition to a substrate to form a basecoat;
(b) applying a coating composition according to claim 76 as a topcoating composition over at least a portion of the basecoat; and (c) curing the coating composition to form a cured coating.
(a) applying a pigmented composition to a substrate to form a basecoat;
(b) applying a coating composition according to claim 76 as a topcoating composition over at least a portion of the basecoat; and (c) curing the coating composition to form a cured coating.
85. A method for improving the scratch resistance of a polymeric substrate or polymer coated substrate comprising forming a composition according to claim 76 over at least a portion of the substrate.
86. A method for retaining the gloss of a polymeric substrate or polymer coated substrate over a predetermined period of time comprising forming a composition according to claim 76 over the surface of the substrate.
87. A method for revitalizing the gloss of a polymeric substrate or polymer coated substrate comprising forming a composition according to claim over the surface of the substrate.
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2000/020839 WO2002010292A1 (en) | 2000-07-31 | 2000-07-31 | Dual cure coating compositions having improved scratch resistance, coated substrates and methods related thereto |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2417257A1 true CA2417257A1 (en) | 2002-02-07 |
Family
ID=21741639
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002417257A Abandoned CA2417257A1 (en) | 2000-07-31 | 2000-07-31 | Dual cure coating compositions having improved scratch resistance, coated substrates and methods related thereto |
Country Status (9)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1305374A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2004505159A (en) |
KR (1) | KR20030069981A (en) |
CN (1) | CN1454243A (en) |
AU (2) | AU2000263930B2 (en) |
BR (1) | BR0017309A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2417257A1 (en) |
MX (1) | MXPA03000930A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2002010292A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (45)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE19924674C2 (en) | 1999-05-29 | 2001-06-28 | Basf Coatings Ag | Coating material curable thermally and with actinic radiation and its use |
DE10113884B4 (en) * | 2001-03-21 | 2005-06-02 | Basf Coatings Ag | Process for coating microporous surfaces and use of the process |
DE10129969A1 (en) * | 2001-06-21 | 2003-01-09 | Basf Coatings Ag | Mixtures containing carbamate and / or allophanate groups, curable thermally and with actinic radiation |
US6835759B2 (en) | 2001-08-28 | 2004-12-28 | Basf Corporation | Dual cure coating composition and processes for using the same |
US6852771B2 (en) | 2001-08-28 | 2005-02-08 | Basf Corporation | Dual radiation/thermal cured coating composition |
US20030077394A1 (en) * | 2001-08-28 | 2003-04-24 | Bradford Christophen J. | Dual cure coating composition and process for using the same |
US6790904B2 (en) * | 2002-06-03 | 2004-09-14 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Liquid coating of film-forming resin and particles chemically modified to lower surface tension |
US7605194B2 (en) | 2003-06-24 | 2009-10-20 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Aqueous dispersions of polymer-enclosed particles, related coating compositions and coated substrates |
US20050137291A1 (en) † | 2003-12-17 | 2005-06-23 | Schneider John R. | Coating compositions with enhanced corrosion resistance and appearance |
JP2007529572A (en) * | 2004-03-03 | 2007-10-25 | コモンウエルス サイエンティフィック アンド インダストリアル リサーチ オーガナイゼーション | Polymer compositions for two-stage or multi-stage curing |
MY144221A (en) | 2004-03-03 | 2011-08-15 | Polynovo Biomaterials Pty Ltd | Biocompatible polymer compositions for dual or multistaged curing. |
US7351475B2 (en) * | 2005-04-01 | 2008-04-01 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Coating compositions suitable for use as a wood stain and/or toner |
CN100358955C (en) * | 2005-08-24 | 2008-01-02 | 广东赛特国际集团有限公司 | Aqueous double-component polyester paint and its preparation method |
EP1945690B1 (en) | 2005-09-20 | 2016-07-27 | Polynovo Biomaterials Pty Limited | Chain extenders |
EP2049591A4 (en) | 2006-08-02 | 2009-08-19 | Polynovo Biomaterials Pty Ltd | Biocompatible polymer compositions |
US20080119580A1 (en) * | 2006-11-17 | 2008-05-22 | Menovcik Gregory G | Thermosetting coating compositions with three or more cure mechanisms |
DE102007028601A1 (en) | 2007-06-19 | 2008-12-24 | Evonik Röhm Gmbh | Reactive mixture for coating moldings by means of reaction injection molding and coated molding |
EP2195361B1 (en) | 2007-10-03 | 2014-11-26 | Polynovo Biomaterials Limited | High modulus polyurethane and polyurethane/urea compositions |
DE102007051482A1 (en) | 2007-10-25 | 2009-04-30 | Evonik Röhm Gmbh | Process for the production of coated moldings |
CN101463220A (en) * | 2009-01-06 | 2009-06-24 | 深圳桑菲消费通信有限公司 | UV coating for spraying magnesium aluminum alloy surface |
KR101282461B1 (en) * | 2009-12-17 | 2013-07-04 | (주)엘지하우시스 | In-mold Transfer Film For Injection Molding |
CN101985541B (en) * | 2010-10-25 | 2013-03-20 | 江苏考普乐新材料股份有限公司 | Polyurethane coating and preparation method thereof |
CN102558981B (en) * | 2010-12-08 | 2015-11-25 | 比亚迪股份有限公司 | A kind of High-temperature varnish with high scratch resistance and preparation method thereof |
US10093829B2 (en) | 2012-10-19 | 2018-10-09 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Curable film-forming compositions demonstrating burnish resistance and low gloss, and methods of improving burnish resistance of a substrate |
KR20140113426A (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-24 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Method for preparing of plastic film |
KR101470467B1 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2014-12-08 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Coating composition |
KR101470468B1 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2014-12-08 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Plastic film |
JP6157441B2 (en) * | 2013-11-20 | 2017-07-05 | 大阪有機化学工業株式会社 | Clear coat composition |
US9120916B1 (en) * | 2014-06-12 | 2015-09-01 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Acrylic polymers, curable film-forming compositions prepared therefrom, and method of mitigating dirt build-up on a substrate |
KR101749722B1 (en) * | 2014-06-17 | 2017-06-21 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Coating composition, plastic film and method for preparing plastic film using the same |
CN104017409B (en) * | 2014-06-18 | 2017-02-15 | 杜一挺 | Antibacterial coating and preparation method thereof |
KR101892832B1 (en) * | 2014-09-11 | 2018-08-28 | 헤라우스 가부시키 가이샤 | Method and device for manufacturing cured light-curing resin composition |
KR101820581B1 (en) | 2015-12-30 | 2018-01-22 | 주식회사 케이씨씨 | Acrylic copolymer for electrodeposition paint and method for preparing the same |
TWI682976B (en) * | 2016-03-02 | 2020-01-21 | 阿科瑪法國公司 | Dual cure soft touch coatings |
CN107814971A (en) * | 2017-11-10 | 2018-03-20 | 安徽龙川橡塑科技有限公司 | One kind paddle EPDM rubber surface conditioning agent and surface treatment EPDM rubber |
EP3729127A1 (en) * | 2017-12-21 | 2020-10-28 | Covestro Deutschland AG | Device comprising a multi-layer body and a lidar sensor |
CN108129980B (en) * | 2017-12-26 | 2019-10-22 | 株洲市九华新材料涂装实业有限公司 | A kind of city rail vehicle super branched polyurethane finishing coat |
JP7205100B2 (en) * | 2018-07-30 | 2023-01-17 | 荒川化学工業株式会社 | Undercoating agents and films |
CN108948975A (en) * | 2018-08-16 | 2018-12-07 | 常熟恒耀新材料有限公司 | A kind of preparation method and applications of the dual cure metal coating with anti-pollution function |
CN109320666B (en) * | 2018-09-27 | 2021-05-11 | 中国科学院福建物质结构研究所 | UV-PU dual-curing 3D printing resin and preparation method and application thereof |
CN112812666B (en) * | 2019-11-15 | 2022-01-11 | 天津森聚柯密封涂层材料有限公司 | Spray polyurea coating system containing slow-curing flexible transition layer and construction method thereof |
CN115867614A (en) | 2020-08-21 | 2023-03-28 | 巴斯夫欧洲公司 | UV-curable coating with high refractive index |
JP7471990B2 (en) | 2020-10-06 | 2024-04-22 | 株式会社豊田中央研究所 | Electron beam curable coating composition |
CN112920307B (en) * | 2021-03-25 | 2022-07-08 | 湖南松井先进表面处理与功能涂层研究院有限公司 | Dual-curing acrylic resin and preparation method and application thereof |
CN113150693B (en) * | 2021-04-29 | 2022-07-19 | 上海马利画材股份有限公司 | Glazing oil and preparation method and application thereof |
Family Cites Families (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4025407A (en) * | 1971-05-05 | 1977-05-24 | Ppg Industries, Inc. | Method for preparing high solids films employing a plurality of curing mechanisms |
US3935330A (en) * | 1971-12-08 | 1976-01-27 | Union Carbide Corporation | Two-step coating process |
NL7707669A (en) * | 1977-07-08 | 1979-01-10 | Akzo Nv | METHOD OF COVERING A SUBSTRATE WITH A RADIATION HARDABLE COATING COMPOSITION. |
DE69737861T8 (en) * | 1996-07-02 | 2008-06-26 | Ciba Specialty Chemicals Holding Inc. | METHOD OF NETWORKING A POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITION |
DE19709560C1 (en) * | 1997-03-07 | 1998-05-07 | Herberts Gmbh | Clearcoat paint composition for wet-in-wet application before stoving |
DE19800528A1 (en) * | 1998-01-09 | 1999-07-15 | Bayer Ag | Coating system made of UV-curing urethane (meth) acrylate isocyanate groups |
DE19860041A1 (en) * | 1998-12-23 | 2000-06-29 | Basf Ag | Coating agents curable by addition to isocyanate groups and also by radiation-induced addition to activated C-C double bonds |
-
2000
- 2000-07-31 MX MXPA03000930A patent/MXPA03000930A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2000-07-31 BR BR0017309-6A patent/BR0017309A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2000-07-31 WO PCT/US2000/020839 patent/WO2002010292A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2000-07-31 CA CA002417257A patent/CA2417257A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2000-07-31 AU AU2000263930A patent/AU2000263930B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2000-07-31 EP EP00950900A patent/EP1305374A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2000-07-31 AU AU6393000A patent/AU6393000A/en active Pending
- 2000-07-31 CN CN00819844A patent/CN1454243A/en active Pending
- 2000-07-31 KR KR10-2003-7001407A patent/KR20030069981A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2000-07-31 JP JP2002516016A patent/JP2004505159A/en active Pending
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
MXPA03000930A (en) | 2003-10-06 |
WO2002010292A1 (en) | 2002-02-07 |
AU2000263930B2 (en) | 2005-03-10 |
JP2004505159A (en) | 2004-02-19 |
BR0017309A (en) | 2003-09-30 |
EP1305374A1 (en) | 2003-05-02 |
KR20030069981A (en) | 2003-08-27 |
AU6393000A (en) | 2002-02-13 |
CN1454243A (en) | 2003-11-05 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
AU2000263930B2 (en) | Dual cure coating compositions having improved scratch resistance, coated substrates and methods related thereto | |
US6610777B1 (en) | Flexible coating compositions having improved scratch resistance, coated substrates and methods related thereto | |
EP1204701B1 (en) | Cured coatings having improved scratch resistance and coated substrates | |
EP1228155B1 (en) | Flexible coating compositions having improved scratch resistance, coated substrates and methods related thereto | |
US6657001B1 (en) | Coating compositions having improved scratch resistance, coated substrates and methods related thereto | |
US6635341B1 (en) | Coating compositions comprising silyl blocked components, coating, coated substrates and methods related thereto | |
AU771279B2 (en) | Coating compositions having improved scratch resistance, coated substrates and methods related thereto | |
AU2000263930A1 (en) | Dual cure coating compositions having improved scratch resistance, coated substrates and methods related thereto | |
WO2002010298A1 (en) | Coating compositions comprising silyl blocked components, coatings, coated substrates and methods related thereto |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
FZDE | Discontinued |